1 #LyX 1.6.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC are numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
30 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
31 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{Contents}{}
35 \pagenumbering{arabic} }
37 % redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
38 \def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
39 L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
42 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
43 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
45 % redefine the greyed out note
46 \renewenvironment{lyxgreyedout}
47 {\textcolor{blue}\bgroup}{\egroup}
49 \options intoc,bibtotoc,idxtotoc,BCOR7mm,tablecaptionabove
54 \font_typewriter default
55 \font_default_family default
64 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
65 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
69 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
70 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
71 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
76 \pdf_pagebackref false
77 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
78 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue,pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true,pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false, pdfpagelabels,pdftex"
85 \paperorientation portrait
96 \paragraph_separation indent
98 \quotes_language english
101 \paperpagestyle default
102 \tracking_changes false
103 \output_changes false
119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
121 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
123 \begin_inset CommandInset href
125 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
136 \begin_inset Newline newline
140 \begin_inset Newline newline
144 \begin_inset Note Note
147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
148 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
149 \begin_inset Newline newline
154 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
162 \begin_layout Standard
163 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
164 LatexCommand tableofcontents
171 \begin_layout Chapter
175 \begin_layout Section
179 \begin_layout Standard
180 LyX is a document preparation system.
181 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
182 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
183 It is unlike most other
184 \begin_inset Quotes eld
188 \begin_inset Quotes erd
191 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
193 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
194 \begin_inset Quotes eld
198 \begin_inset Quotes erd
202 \begin_inset Quotes eld
205 Bold, 17 pt type, left justified, 5 mm space below
206 \begin_inset Quotes erd
210 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
214 \begin_layout Standard
215 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
218 \begin_inset Quotes eld
222 \begin_inset Quotes erd
228 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
232 \begin_layout Standard
234 \begin_inset Quotes eld
242 \begin_inset Quotes erd
245 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
246 the format of all of the manuals.
247 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
248 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
251 \begin_inset Quotes eld
259 \begin_inset Quotes erd
265 \begin_layout Section
269 \begin_layout Standard
270 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
272 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
273 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
275 Near the bottom of the window is a small window containing a single line
282 \begin_inset Quotes eld
286 \begin_inset Quotes erd
294 when you need to type a command in the minibuffer.
297 \begin_layout Standard
298 Note that there is no horizontal scroll bar.
299 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
300 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
302 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
303 only a vertical scrollbar.
304 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
305 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
306 This, however, is due
307 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
308 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
309 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
310 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
312 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
313 this doesn't work for equations yet.
316 \begin_layout Standard
317 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
323 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
325 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
330 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
331 ing sections of this documentation.
334 \begin_layout Section
338 \begin_layout Standard
339 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
344 of the manuals from inside LyX.
345 Just select the manual you want read from the
352 \begin_layout Section
354 \begin_inset CommandInset label
356 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
363 \begin_layout Standard
364 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
365 without resorting to configuration files.
366 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
367 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
368 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
383 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
384 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.g.
385 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
386 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
388 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
396 Reconfiguration of LyX
401 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
404 \begin_layout Section
406 \begin_inset CommandInset label
408 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
415 \begin_layout Standard
416 LyX needs several LaTeX packages to work properly.
417 The packages found on the system by LyX are listed in the file
425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
440 that will be created when using the menu
442 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
461 You should install the required missing packages and then reconfigure LyX.
462 \begin_inset Note Note
465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
466 The two braces in the ERT box prevent that the term
467 \begin_inset Quotes eld
471 \begin_inset Quotes erd
474 is printed with sub- and superscript letters.
475 More on ERT is described in section
480 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
486 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
491 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
493 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
507 Reconfiguration of LyX
515 \begin_layout Chapter
519 \begin_layout Section
520 Basic File Operations
524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
533 \begin_layout Standard
538 menu are basic operations for any word processor in addition to some more
542 \begin_layout Itemize
548 \begin_layout Itemize
566 \begin_layout Itemize
572 \begin_layout Itemize
578 \begin_layout Itemize
584 \begin_layout Itemize
594 \begin_layout Itemize
608 \begin_layout Itemize
618 \begin_layout Itemize
624 \begin_layout Itemize
630 \begin_layout Itemize
636 \begin_layout Itemize
642 \begin_layout Standard
643 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
644 a few minor differences.
647 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
662 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
663 you for a template to use.
664 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
665 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
666 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
672 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
674 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
681 \begin_layout Standard
683 \begin_inset Quotes eld
687 \begin_inset Quotes erd
691 \begin_inset Quotes eld
695 \begin_inset Quotes erd
699 \begin_inset Quotes eld
703 \begin_inset Quotes erd
706 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
707 space is just that --- a big, blank space.
710 \begin_layout Standard
731 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
736 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
761 will reload the document from disk.
762 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
763 and want to restore it to the last save.
772 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
773 can identify this as your changes.
776 \begin_layout Section
777 Basic Editing Features
781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
788 \begin_inset CommandInset label
790 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
797 \begin_layout Standard
798 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
799 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or screenful of text, and
800 can delete whole words as well as individual characters.
801 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
803 We'll start with cut and paste.
806 \begin_layout Standard
807 As you might expect, the
811 menu has the cut and paste commands, along with various other editing features.
812 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
816 \begin_layout Itemize
822 \begin_layout Itemize
828 \begin_layout Itemize
834 \begin_layout Itemize
844 \begin_layout Itemize
854 \begin_layout Itemize
868 \begin_layout Standard
869 The first three are self-explanatory.
870 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
871 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
880 keys also functions as the
885 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
886 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
891 to get back the lost text.
894 \begin_layout Standard
898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
904 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
913 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
916 \begin_layout Standard
919 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
924 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
935 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
941 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
950 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
951 will start a new paragraph.
954 \begin_layout Standard
958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
976 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1000 Once you've found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1005 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1008 \begin_inset Space ~
1017 \begin_inset Space ~
1022 button to skip the current word.
1026 \begin_inset Space ~
1031 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1035 \begin_inset Space ~
1040 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1042 If the toggle is set, searching for
1043 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1051 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1054 will not match the word
1055 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1063 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1069 Match whole words only
1071 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words.
1073 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1081 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1085 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1093 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1099 \begin_layout Standard
1100 Things like notes, floats, etc., the so called insets can be dissolved.
1101 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1103 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1108 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1115 \begin_layout Section
1120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1137 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1139 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1146 \begin_layout Standard
1147 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1148 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1151 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1154 to undo some mistake.
1155 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1157 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1161 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1165 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1168 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100 steps to minimize memory
1173 \begin_layout Standard
1174 Notice that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as
1175 it was last saved, the
1176 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1180 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1183 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1184 This is a consequence of the 100 step undo limit, above.
1187 \begin_layout Standard
1196 work on almost everything in LyX.
1197 They have some quirks, too.
1206 text character by character, but by blocks of text.
1207 That can take some getting used to; you'll have to play with
1215 to get a feel for just how much they'll undo/redo, and after time, you'll
1216 surely appreciate how it works.
1219 \begin_layout Section
1224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1233 \begin_layout Standard
1234 This are the most basic mouse operations.
1237 \begin_layout Enumerate
1242 \begin_layout Itemize
1247 once anywhere in the edit window.
1248 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1252 \begin_layout Enumerate
1257 \begin_layout Itemize
1263 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1266 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1269 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1272 \begin_layout Itemize
1273 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1275 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1282 \begin_layout Enumerate
1283 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1287 \begin_layout Standard
1292 the left mouse button to open or close any of these.
1293 Right-click on them to set its properties.
1294 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1298 \begin_layout Enumerate
1303 \begin_layout Standard
1308 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1313 \begin_layout Section
1315 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1317 name "sec:Key-Bindings"
1325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1334 \begin_layout Standard
1335 We're not going to cover all of the keybindings.
1336 Be aware that there are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA
1338 LyX's default is CUA.
1341 \begin_layout Standard
1345 \begin_inset Space ~
1353 \begin_inset Space ~
1374 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1378 \begin_layout Labeling
1379 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1383 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1384 LatexCommand nomenclature
1386 description "Tabulator key"
1392 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
1393 If you don't understand this, go read sections
1394 \begin_inset Space ~
1398 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1400 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
1405 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1407 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
1411 , especially section
1412 \begin_inset Space ~
1416 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1418 reference "sub:Lists"
1424 If you're still confused, look in the
1431 \begin_layout Labeling
1432 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1436 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1437 LatexCommand nomenclature
1439 description "Escape key"
1446 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1450 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1453 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
1454 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
1457 \begin_layout Labeling
1458 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1464 \begin_inset Space ~
1468 \begin_inset Space ~
1475 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
1476 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
1480 \begin_layout Standard
1481 There are three modifier keys:
1484 \begin_layout Labeling
1485 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1491 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1499 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1503 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1504 LatexCommand nomenclature
1506 description "Control key"
1510 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
1511 on which keys it's used in combination with:
1515 \begin_layout Itemize
1524 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
1527 \begin_layout Itemize
1536 , it moves by words instead of characters.
1539 \begin_layout Itemize
1548 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
1552 \begin_layout Labeling
1553 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1559 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1567 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1571 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1572 LatexCommand nomenclature
1574 description "Shift key"
1578 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
1579 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
1582 \begin_layout Labeling
1583 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1589 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1597 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1601 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1602 LatexCommand nomenclature
1604 description "Meta or Alt key"
1608 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
1609 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
1610 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
1616 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
1618 menu accelerator keys
1621 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
1622 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
1626 \begin_layout Standard
1627 For example, the sequence
1628 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1634 \begin_inset Space ~
1638 \begin_inset Space ~
1644 \begin_inset Space ~
1652 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1660 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1664 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1669 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1675 \begin_inset Space ~
1681 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1691 \begin_layout Standard
1692 There are also other things bound to the
1696 key, but you'll have to check in the
1708 \begin_layout Standard
1709 You'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
1710 because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
1711 bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
1712 just triggered, and any existing keybindings for that action.
1713 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
1714 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
1715 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
1718 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1724 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1731 followed by a capital
1737 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1745 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1755 \begin_layout Chapter
1760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1769 \begin_layout Section
1774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1783 \begin_layout Subsection
1787 \begin_layout Standard
1788 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
1789 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
1790 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
1791 numbering schemes, and so on.
1792 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
1793 and format the title of your document differently.
1796 \begin_layout Standard
1801 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
1802 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
1803 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
1804 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
1805 So, it behooves you to change the class of your document.
1808 \begin_layout Standard
1809 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
1810 how to adjust their properties.
1813 \begin_layout Subsection
1818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1825 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1827 name "sec:Document-Classes"
1834 \begin_layout Subsubsection
1838 \begin_layout Standard
1839 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
1843 \begin_layout Description
1844 Article for basic articles
1847 \begin_layout Description
1848 Report for basic reports
1851 \begin_layout Description
1852 Book for writing a book
1855 \begin_layout Description
1856 Letter for US-style letters
1859 \begin_layout Standard
1860 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
1862 Here are some of the classes, the full list with detailed explanations
1863 can be found in chapter
1865 Special Document Classes
1874 \begin_layout Description
1875 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
1878 \begin_layout Description
1885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1894 eX For submissions to the journals published by the American Astronomical
1898 \begin_layout Description
1899 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
1900 Mathematical Society (AMS).
1901 There are three article layouts available.
1902 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
1903 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
1904 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
1905 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
1907 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1910 sequential numbering
1911 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1914 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
1915 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
1916 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
1917 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
1920 \begin_layout Description
1921 Beamer Layout for presentations
1924 \begin_layout Description
1925 broadway Layout for writing plays.
1926 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
1930 \begin_layout Description
1932 \begin_inset Space ~
1935 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
1938 \begin_layout Description
1939 Dinbrief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
1942 \begin_layout Description
1945 Die TeXnische Komödie
1947 , the journal of the German TeX user Group (Dante)
1950 \begin_layout Description
1951 Elsevier Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
1954 \begin_layout Description
1955 Foils Used to make transparencies
1958 \begin_layout Description
1959 g-brief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
1962 \begin_layout Description
1963 hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
1964 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
1968 \begin_layout Description
1969 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
1970 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
1973 \begin_layout Description
1974 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
1977 \begin_layout Description
1978 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
1981 \begin_layout Description
1982 koma-script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
1983 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
1986 \begin_layout Description
1987 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
1990 \begin_layout Description
1995 LaTeX document class
1998 \begin_layout Description
1999 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2002 \begin_layout Description
2007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2014 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2015 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2017 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2020 \begin_layout Description
2021 Slides Used to make transparencies
2024 \begin_layout Description
2026 \begin_inset Space ~
2029 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2030 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2033 \begin_layout Description
2034 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2037 \begin_layout Description
2042 , the journal of the international TeX user Group (TUG)
2045 \begin_layout Standard
2046 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
2048 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in the
2053 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2054 of the document classes.
2057 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2061 \begin_layout Standard
2062 You can select a class using the
2064 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2078 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2082 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2083 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2102 \begin_layout Standard
2103 Since LyX 1.6, layout modules can be used to add additional features to a
2104 document without the user's having to include those features in a new layout
2106 The available modules are listed in the Available Modules pane of the
2108 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2122 Highlighting one of them will bring up a description of the module.
2123 Please note that some modules require LaTeX packages that are not always
2124 installed by default.
2125 LyX will warn you if you do not have the needed package.
2126 Note also that some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules
2130 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2134 \begin_layout Standard
2135 Each class has a default set of options.
2136 Here's a quick table describing them:
2139 \begin_layout Standard
2140 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2146 \begin_layout Standard
2148 \begin_inset Tabular
2149 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
2151 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2152 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2153 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2154 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2155 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2584 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2609 \begin_layout Standard
2610 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2616 \begin_layout Standard
2617 You're probably also wondering what
2618 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2622 \begin_inset Space ~
2626 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2630 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
2631 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
2636 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
2641 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
2651 headings, there are also
2659 headings, and so on.
2660 We'll describe these headings fully in section
2661 \begin_inset Space ~
2665 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2667 reference "sub:Headings"
2674 \begin_layout Subsection
2679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2686 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2688 name "sub:Document-Layout"
2698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2707 \begin_layout Standard
2708 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
2710 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2721 \begin_inset Space ~
2726 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
2728 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
2729 to use for your document.
2730 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
2734 \begin_layout Standard
2738 \begin_inset Space ~
2747 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
2748 You can choose between the following five options:
2751 \begin_layout Labeling
2752 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2757 Use default pagestyle of current class.
2760 \begin_layout Labeling
2761 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2766 No page numbers or headings.
2769 \begin_layout Labeling
2770 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2778 \begin_layout Labeling
2779 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2784 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
2785 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
2786 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
2789 \begin_layout Labeling
2790 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2795 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
2802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2803 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
2811 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
2812 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
2814 Check the documentation for the
2818 package for more details,
2819 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
2828 \begin_layout Standard
2833 of paragraphs is described in section
2834 \begin_inset Space ~
2838 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2840 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
2847 \begin_layout Subsection
2848 Paper Size and Orientation
2852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2853 Document ! Paper size
2859 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2861 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
2868 \begin_layout Standard
2869 You'll find the following options in the menu
2872 \begin_inset Space ~
2877 of the dialog of the
2879 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2897 \begin_layout Labeling
2898 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2903 What size paper to print on.
2907 \begin_layout Itemize
2913 \begin_layout Itemize
2923 \begin_layout Itemize
2929 \begin_layout Itemize
2935 \begin_layout Itemize
2941 \begin_layout Itemize
2947 \begin_layout Itemize
2953 \begin_layout Labeling
2954 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2959 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
2970 \begin_layout Labeling
2971 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2975 \begin_inset Space ~
2980 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
2981 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
2984 \begin_layout Subsection
2989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2996 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3015 \begin_layout Standard
3016 Paper margins are set in the menu
3018 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3036 \begin_layout Standard
3037 If you use a koma-script document class, you can use the default settings.
3038 Because koma-script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
3039 the paper format and the font size into account.
3042 \begin_layout Subsection
3046 \begin_layout Standard
3047 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3052 That includes the paragraph environments.
3053 Some paragraph environments are standard; all of the document classes have
3054 them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3055 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX sets the missing
3056 paragraph environments to
3060 and places an error box at the beginning of the paragraph.
3061 Just click on them and you'll get a message dialog that tells you about
3062 the conversion and why it failed.
3065 \begin_layout Section
3066 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3071 Paragraph ! Indentation
3079 \begin_layout Subsection
3081 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3083 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3090 \begin_layout Standard
3091 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3092 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3095 \begin_layout Standard
3096 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3097 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3098 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3099 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3103 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3109 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3110 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3111 language than English.
3112 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3115 \begin_layout Standard
3116 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3117 and text --- in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are
3119 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3120 LyX takes care of that.
3121 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3123 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3124 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3125 of a page, and so on.
3129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3130 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3135 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3136 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
3140 of these pre-coded spacings.
3141 We'll explain more later.
3144 \begin_layout Subsection
3145 Paragraph Separation
3149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3150 Paragraph ! Separation
3158 \begin_layout Standard
3159 To separate paragraphs, select
3170 \begin_inset Space ~
3177 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3190 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
3191 The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
3192 you have to add this line to your document preamble:
3195 \begin_layout Standard
3205 \begin_layout Standard
3206 where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix
3207 \begin_inset Space ~
3211 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3213 reference "cap:Units"
3218 The default length is 30
3219 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
3225 \begin_layout Subsection
3229 \begin_layout Standard
3230 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
3233 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3235 \begin_inset Space ~
3240 dialog and toggle the
3243 \begin_inset Space ~
3248 option to change the state of the current paragraph.
3249 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
3250 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
3254 \begin_layout Standard
3255 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
3256 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
3259 \begin_layout Subsection
3264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3265 Paragraph ! Line spacing
3273 \begin_layout Standard
3276 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3289 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
3292 \begin_inset Space ~
3301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3302 You need to have the LaTeX-package
3308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3309 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! setspace
3316 installed to use this feature.
3324 \begin_layout Section
3325 Paragraph Environments
3329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3330 Paragraph ! Environments
3336 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3338 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
3346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3347 Paragraph environments|(
3355 \begin_layout Subsection
3359 \begin_layout Standard
3360 The paragraph environments correspond to the various
3363 \begin_layout Standard
3382 \begin_inset Newline newline
3385 command sequences in an ordinary LaTeX file.
3386 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
3387 alien to you, we urge you to read the
3396 also contains many more examples than this section does.
3399 \begin_layout Standard
3400 A paragraph environment is simply a
3401 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3405 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3408 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
3409 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
3410 scheme, labels, and so on.
3411 Additionally, you can
3412 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3416 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3419 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
3420 to inherit some of the properties of another.
3421 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
3422 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
3423 days of typewriters.
3424 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
3426 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
3429 \begin_layout Standard
3430 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box on the left
3432 LyX will change the environment of the
3436 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
3437 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
3438 you select them before choosing the new environment.
3442 \begin_layout Standard
3451 create a new paragraph using the
3455 paragraph environment.
3457 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3461 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3464 because if you are in one of these environments:
3467 \begin_layout Itemize
3473 \begin_layout Itemize
3479 \begin_layout Itemize
3485 \begin_layout Itemize
3491 \begin_layout Itemize
3497 \begin_layout Itemize
3503 \begin_layout Itemize
3509 \begin_layout Standard
3510 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
3514 , rather than resetting it to
3519 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
3520 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
3521 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
3522 \begin_inset Space ~
3526 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3528 reference "sec:Nesting"
3533 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
3538 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
3539 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
3547 \begin_layout Subsection
3551 \begin_layout Standard
3552 The default paragraph environment is
3557 It creates a plain paragraph.
3558 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
3559 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
3560 this manual) are in the
3567 \begin_layout Standard
3568 You can nest a paragraph using the
3572 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
3580 \begin_layout Subsection
3585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3594 \begin_layout Standard
3595 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
3597 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3601 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3604 for thanks or contact information.
3605 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
3606 page along with today's date.
3607 For other types of documents, the title
3608 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3612 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3615 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
3619 \begin_layout Standard
3620 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
3634 Here's how you use them:
3637 \begin_layout Itemize
3638 Put the title of your document in the
3645 \begin_layout Itemize
3646 Put the author name in the
3653 \begin_layout Itemize
3654 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
3655 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
3661 Note that using this environment is optional.
3662 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
3663 If you don't want any date, add the line
3664 \begin_inset Newline newline
3674 \begin_inset Newline newline
3677 to the preamble of your document (menu
3679 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3685 \begin_layout Standard
3686 You can use footnotes to insert
3687 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3691 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3694 or contact informations.
3697 \begin_layout Subsection
3702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3709 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3718 \begin_layout Standard
3719 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
3720 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
3723 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3729 Section headings ! Numbered
3737 \begin_layout Standard
3738 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
3742 \begin_layout Enumerate
3748 \begin_layout Enumerate
3754 \begin_layout Enumerate
3760 \begin_layout Enumerate
3766 \begin_layout Enumerate
3772 \begin_layout Enumerate
3778 \begin_layout Enumerate
3784 \begin_layout Standard
3785 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
3786 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
3787 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
3790 \begin_layout Standard
3791 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
3792 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
3793 You group the book into chapters.
3794 LyX does similar grouping:
3797 \begin_layout Itemize
3802 is divided in either
3811 \begin_layout Itemize
3823 \begin_layout Itemize
3835 \begin_layout Itemize
3847 \begin_layout Itemize
3859 \begin_layout Itemize
3871 \begin_layout Standard
3872 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
3875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3880 Not all document types use the
3884 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
3889 is the top-level heading.
3897 \begin_layout Standard
3902 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
3903 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
3905 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
3907 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3911 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3917 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3923 Section headings ! Unnumbered
3931 \begin_layout Standard
3932 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
3936 \begin_layout Enumerate
3942 \begin_layout Enumerate
3948 \begin_layout Enumerate
3954 \begin_layout Enumerate
3960 \begin_layout Enumerate
3966 \begin_layout Standard
3968 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3972 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3975 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
3976 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
3977 table of contents, see section
3978 \begin_inset Space ~
3982 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3991 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3992 Changing the Numbering
3993 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3995 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4002 \begin_layout Standard
4003 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4004 in the Table of Contents.
4005 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4007 Certain classes start with
4021 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4031 This is something you can change.
4034 \begin_layout Standard
4037 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4057 \begin_inset Space ~
4061 \begin_inset Space ~
4066 you'll see two counters.
4071 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4073 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4077 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4078 Short Titles of Headings
4082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4083 Section headings ! Short titles
4092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4099 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4101 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4108 \begin_layout Standard
4109 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4110 This can cause troubles when there is limited horizontal space.
4111 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4112 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4115 \begin_layout Standard
4116 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4117 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4118 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4119 To specify a short title, use the menu
4121 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4123 \begin_inset Space ~
4129 This will insert a box labeled
4130 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4134 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4138 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4142 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4145 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4146 This also works for captions inside floats.
4149 \begin_layout Standard
4150 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4153 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4157 \begin_layout Standard
4158 The following information applies to all section headings:
4161 \begin_layout Itemize
4162 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4165 \begin_layout Itemize
4166 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4169 \begin_layout Itemize
4170 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4173 \begin_layout Itemize
4174 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4177 \begin_layout Subsection
4178 Quotes and Poetryline spacing
4181 \begin_layout Standard
4182 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
4196 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
4197 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
4198 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
4199 the text they contain.
4200 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
4208 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
4211 \begin_layout Standard
4212 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
4221 when you start a new paragraph.
4222 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
4226 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
4227 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
4228 to change back to the
4232 environment yourself.
4235 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4245 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4264 \begin_layout Standard
4265 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
4266 time for the differences.
4275 are identical except for one difference:
4279 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
4288 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
4291 \begin_layout Standard
4292 Here's an example of the
4305 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
4307 See -- no indentation!
4311 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
4312 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
4313 the other paragraph.
4316 \begin_layout Standard
4317 Here's another example, this time in the
4324 \begin_layout Quotation
4330 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
4331 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
4332 the first line, then
4336 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
4340 you were quoting other text.
4343 \begin_layout Quotation
4344 Here's a new paragraph.
4345 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
4346 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
4349 \begin_layout Standard
4350 As the examples show,
4354 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
4355 They should put quotes in the
4360 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
4364 paragraph environment for quoted text.
4367 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4395 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4404 \begin_layout Standard
4409 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
4415 \begin_inset Newline newline
4418 Which I did not rehearse!
4422 It could be much worse.
4423 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
4425 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
4426 indented a bit more than the first.
4427 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
4433 \begin_inset Newline newline
4436 And make things look fine
4437 \begin_inset Newline newline
4447 \begin_layout Standard
4452 does not indent both margins.
4453 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
4454 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
4465 \begin_layout Subsection
4470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4477 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4486 \begin_layout Standard
4487 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
4497 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
4506 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
4507 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
4508 some general features of all four of them.
4511 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4515 \begin_layout Standard
4516 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
4518 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
4527 reset the environment to
4531 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
4532 The nesting depth is typically reset, however.
4533 If you want to keep both the current nesting depth and paragraph environment,
4538 to break paragraphs.
4541 \begin_layout Standard
4542 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
4543 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
4545 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
4546 you read all of section
4547 \begin_inset Space ~
4551 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4553 reference "sec:Nesting"
4561 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4577 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4586 \begin_layout Standard
4587 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
4591 paragraph environment.
4592 It has the following properties:
4595 \begin_layout Itemize
4596 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
4600 \begin_layout Itemize
4601 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
4604 \begin_layout Itemize
4605 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
4609 \begin_layout Itemize
4610 The items can have any length.
4611 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
4612 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
4619 \begin_layout Itemize
4624 environment inside another
4628 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
4632 \begin_layout Itemize
4633 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
4636 \begin_layout Itemize
4637 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
4640 \begin_layout Itemize
4642 \begin_inset Space ~
4646 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4648 reference "sec:Nesting"
4652 for a full explanation of nesting.
4656 \begin_layout Standard
4657 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
4666 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
4669 \begin_layout Standard
4670 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
4671 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
4672 Note that those of you reading this manual within LyX won't see any difference.
4675 \begin_layout Itemize
4676 The label for the first level
4680 is a large black dot, or bullet.
4684 \begin_layout Itemize
4685 The label for the second level is a dash.
4689 \begin_layout Itemize
4690 The label for the third is an asterisk.
4694 \begin_layout Itemize
4695 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
4699 \begin_layout Itemize
4700 Back out to the third level.
4704 \begin_layout Itemize
4705 Back to the second level.
4709 \begin_layout Itemize
4710 Back to the outermost level.
4713 \begin_layout Standard
4714 These are the default labels for an
4719 You can customize these labels in the
4721 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4724 dialog in the submenu
4734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4743 \begin_layout Standard
4744 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
4745 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
4747 \begin_inset Space ~
4751 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4753 reference "sec:Nesting"
4760 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4776 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4778 name "sec:Enumerate"
4785 \begin_layout Standard
4790 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
4791 It has these properties:
4794 \begin_layout Enumerate
4795 Each item has a numeral as its label.
4799 \begin_layout Enumerate
4800 The type of numeral depends on the nesting depth.
4804 \begin_layout Enumerate
4805 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
4808 \begin_layout Enumerate
4813 environment resets the counter to one.
4816 \begin_layout Enumerate
4829 \begin_layout Enumerate
4830 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
4831 Items can have any length.
4834 \begin_layout Enumerate
4835 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
4838 \begin_layout Enumerate
4839 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
4842 \begin_layout Enumerate
4843 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
4847 \begin_layout Standard
4856 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
4857 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
4864 \begin_layout Enumerate
4865 The first level of an
4869 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
4873 \begin_layout Enumerate
4874 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
4878 \begin_layout Enumerate
4879 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
4883 \begin_layout Enumerate
4884 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
4887 \begin_layout Enumerate
4888 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
4893 \begin_layout Enumerate
4894 Back to the third level
4898 \begin_layout Enumerate
4899 Back to the second level.
4903 \begin_layout Enumerate
4904 Back to the outermost level.
4907 \begin_layout Standard
4908 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
4913 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
4918 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
4922 \begin_layout Standard
4923 There is more to nesting
4927 environments than we've stated here.
4928 You should read section
4929 \begin_inset Space ~
4933 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4935 reference "sec:Nesting"
4939 to learn more about nesting.
4942 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4958 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4960 name "sec:Description-List"
4967 \begin_layout Standard
4968 Unlike the previous two environments, the
4972 list has no fixed label.
4973 Instead, LyX uses the first
4974 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4978 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4981 of the first line as the label.
4985 \begin_layout Description
4986 Example: This is an example of the
4993 \begin_layout Standard
4994 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
4998 \begin_layout Standard
5000 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5004 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5007 it is meant that the first hit of the
5011 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5013 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5024 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5025 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5027 \begin_inset Space ~
5033 \begin_inset Space ~
5037 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5039 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5043 for more info.) Here is an example:
5046 \begin_layout Description
5048 \begin_inset Space ~
5051 Example: This one shows how to use a
5054 \begin_inset Space ~
5066 \begin_layout Description
5067 Usage: You should use the
5071 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5072 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5074 It's not a good idea to use a
5078 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5079 You're better off using
5091 paragraphs into them.
5094 \begin_layout Description
5095 Nesting: You can nest
5099 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5103 \begin_layout Standard
5104 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5105 them from the first line.
5108 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5118 Lists ! Lyx@LyX list
5124 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5133 \begin_layout Standard
5138 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5142 \begin_layout Standard
5151 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
5152 There are the following properties of this list environment:
5155 \begin_layout Labeling
5156 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5158 \begin_inset Space ~
5161 labels LyX uses the first
5162 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5166 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5169 of each line as the item label.
5174 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
5175 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
5176 blank as described above.
5179 \begin_layout Labeling
5180 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5181 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
5182 the body of the item text.
5183 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
5184 label width plus a little extra space.
5188 \begin_layout Labeling
5189 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5191 \begin_inset Space ~
5194 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
5196 If the label width is larger, the label
5197 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5201 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5204 into the first line.
5205 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
5206 margin of the rest of the item text.
5209 \begin_layout Labeling
5210 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5212 \begin_inset Space ~
5215 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
5220 environment have the same left margin.
5221 \begin_inset Newline newline
5224 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
5227 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5229 \begin_inset Space ~
5238 \begin_inset Space ~
5243 determines the default label width.
5244 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
5246 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5250 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5253 multiple times instead.
5254 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
5256 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5260 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5263 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
5266 \begin_inset Space ~
5271 every time you alter a label in a
5276 \begin_inset Newline newline
5279 The predefined default width is the length of
5280 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5284 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5289 \begin_inset Newline newline
5293 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5301 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
5302 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
5310 \begin_layout Standard
5315 environment the same way like the
5319 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
5325 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
5329 \begin_layout Standard
5334 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5336 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
5338 \begin_inset Space ~
5342 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5344 reference "sec:Nesting"
5348 to learn about nesting.
5351 \begin_layout Standard
5352 There is yet another feature of the
5356 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
5358 You can use additional
5362 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
5368 \begin_inset Space ~
5372 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5374 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
5379 Here are some examples:
5382 \begin_layout Labeling
5383 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5384 Left The default for
5391 \begin_layout Labeling
5392 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5393 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
5400 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
5403 \begin_layout Labeling
5404 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5405 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
5409 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
5416 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
5419 \begin_layout Subsection
5424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5433 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5441 \begin_inset Space ~
5449 \begin_layout Standard
5450 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
5458 \begin_inset Space ~
5464 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
5465 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
5466 In contrast, you can use the
5473 \begin_inset Space ~
5478 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
5479 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
5483 \begin_layout Standard
5484 Of course, you're not limited to using
5491 \begin_inset Space ~
5500 \begin_inset Space ~
5505 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
5506 some European academic papers.
5509 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5511 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5513 name "sec:Address-Usage"
5520 \begin_layout Standard
5525 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
5526 for the opening and signature in some countries.
5530 \begin_inset Space ~
5535 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
5536 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
5537 Here's an example of each:
5540 \begin_layout Right Address
5542 \begin_inset Newline newline
5546 \begin_inset Newline newline
5550 \begin_inset Newline newline
5553 When is it? What is today?
5556 \begin_layout Standard
5560 \begin_inset Space ~
5566 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
5567 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
5568 Here's an example of the
5575 \begin_layout Address
5577 \begin_inset Newline newline
5580 Where do I send this
5581 \begin_inset Newline newline
5584 Your post office and country
5587 \begin_layout Standard
5588 As you can see, both
5595 \begin_inset Space ~
5600 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
5605 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
5611 This makes sense, since
5619 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
5620 Thus, you have to use
5631 \begin_inset Space ~
5634 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5636 \begin_inset Space ~
5645 menu) to start a new line in an
5652 \begin_inset Space ~
5660 \begin_layout Subsection
5664 \begin_layout Standard
5665 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
5666 or list of references.
5667 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
5670 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5686 \begin_layout Standard
5691 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
5692 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
5693 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
5694 Also, don't bother trying to nest
5698 in anything else or vice versa.
5704 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
5705 The book document classes ignores the
5709 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
5713 in a letter document class.
5716 \begin_layout Standard
5721 environment does several things for you.
5722 First, it puts the centered label
5723 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5727 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5731 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
5733 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
5734 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
5735 the subsequent text.
5736 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
5737 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
5740 \begin_layout Standard
5741 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
5745 does not reset the paragraph environment.
5746 The new paragraph will still be in the
5751 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
5752 finish entering the abstract of your document.
5755 \begin_layout Standard
5756 \begin_inset Float figure
5761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5763 \begin_inset Graphics
5764 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
5772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5773 \begin_inset Caption
5775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5776 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5778 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
5799 \begin_layout Standard
5800 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
5804 environment, but since this document is in the
5805 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5809 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5812 class, we can't do this.
5813 We inserted it therefore as figure
5814 \begin_inset Space ~
5818 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5820 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
5825 If you've never heard of an
5826 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5830 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5833 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
5836 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5852 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5854 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
5861 \begin_layout Standard
5866 environment is used to list references.
5867 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
5868 only use it at the end of the document.
5873 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
5876 \begin_layout Standard
5877 When you first open a
5881 environment, LyX add a large vertical space, followed by the heading
5882 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5886 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5890 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5894 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5897 depending on the document class.
5898 The heading is in a large boldface font.
5899 Each paragraph of the
5903 environment is a bibliography entry.
5908 does not reset the paragraph environment.
5909 Each new paragraph is still in the
5916 \begin_layout Standard
5917 For a detailed description of LyX's bibliography handling, have a look at
5919 \begin_inset Space ~
5923 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5925 reference "sec:Bibliography"
5932 \begin_layout Subsection
5939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5940 Paragraph ! LyX code
5946 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5955 \begin_layout Standard
5960 environment is another LyX extension.
5961 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
5966 key as a fixed whitespace;
5970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5982 \begin_inset Space ~
5987 instead of an end-of-word marker.
5992 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
5993 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
6011 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6012 So, when you finish using the
6016 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
6017 Also, you can nest the
6021 environment inside of others.
6024 \begin_layout Standard
6025 There are a few quirks with this environment:
6028 \begin_layout Itemize
6033 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.e.
6045 \begin_layout Itemize
6058 \begin_layout Itemize
6063 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
6070 \begin_layout Itemize
6079 \begin_layout Itemize
6080 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
6081 You must put at least one
6085 in any line you want blank.
6086 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
6089 \begin_layout Itemize
6090 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
6094 since that will insert
6099 You get the typewriter double quotes with
6107 if you use Emacs-like key bindings).
6110 \begin_layout Standard
6114 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6118 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6122 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6126 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6130 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6131 printf("Hello World!
6136 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6140 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6144 \begin_layout Standard
6145 This is just the standard
6146 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6150 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6157 \begin_layout Standard
6162 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
6163 rc-files, and so on.
6164 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
6165 as if you used a typewriter.
6169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6170 Paragraph environments|)
6178 \begin_layout Section
6179 Nesting Environments
6183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6184 Nesting ! Environments
6190 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6199 \begin_layout Subsection
6203 \begin_layout Standard
6204 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
6206 This allows you to create blocks that inherits some of the properties of
6208 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
6210 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
6212 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6216 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6222 \begin_layout Enumerate
6226 \begin_layout Enumerate
6231 \begin_layout Enumerate
6235 \begin_layout Enumerate
6240 \begin_layout Enumerate
6244 \begin_layout Standard
6245 You put a list inside of a list by nesting one list inside the other.
6246 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
6249 \begin_inset Space ~
6253 \begin_inset Space ~
6261 \begin_inset Space ~
6265 \begin_inset Space ~
6274 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
6275 will tell you how far you are nested).
6276 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
6277 \begin_inset Graphics
6278 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
6283 \begin_inset Graphics
6284 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
6288 or the convenient key bindings
6296 to change the nesting level.
6297 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
6298 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
6302 \begin_layout Standard
6303 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
6304 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
6305 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
6306 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
6309 \begin_layout Standard
6310 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
6311 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
6313 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
6316 \begin_layout Subsection
6317 What You Can and Can't Nest
6320 \begin_layout Standard
6321 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
6322 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
6325 \begin_layout Standard
6326 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
6327 complicated than a simple yes or no.
6328 There are three types of paragraph environments:
6331 \begin_layout Itemize
6332 Completely unnestable
6335 \begin_layout Itemize
6336 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside of things and you can also nest
6337 other things inside of them.
6340 \begin_layout Itemize
6341 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
6345 \begin_layout Standard
6346 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
6347 environments have them:
6350 \begin_layout Description
6351 Unnestable Can't nest them.
6352 Can't nest into them.
6356 \begin_layout Itemize
6362 \begin_layout Itemize
6368 \begin_layout Itemize
6376 \begin_layout Itemize
6382 \begin_layout Itemize
6388 \begin_layout Itemize
6396 \begin_layout Itemize
6402 \begin_layout Itemize
6408 \begin_layout Itemize
6414 \begin_layout Itemize
6420 \begin_layout Itemize
6426 \begin_layout Itemize
6432 \begin_layout Itemize
6438 \begin_layout Itemize
6444 \begin_layout Itemize
6450 \begin_layout Itemize
6456 \begin_layout Itemize
6463 \begin_layout Description
6465 \begin_inset Space ~
6468 Nestable You can nest them.
6469 You can nest other things into them.
6473 \begin_layout Itemize
6479 \begin_layout Itemize
6485 \begin_layout Itemize
6491 \begin_layout Itemize
6497 \begin_layout Itemize
6503 \begin_layout Itemize
6509 \begin_layout Itemize
6515 \begin_layout Itemize
6522 \begin_layout Description
6523 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside of other things.
6524 You can't nest anything into them.
6528 \begin_layout Itemize
6534 \begin_layout Itemize
6538 \begin_inset Space ~
6544 \begin_layout Itemize
6551 \begin_layout Standard
6556 environment doesn't really fit anywhere, since it's only used inside of
6560 \begin_inset Space ~
6568 \begin_inset Space ~
6576 \begin_layout Subsection
6577 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
6581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6582 Nesting ! Tables etc.
6588 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6590 name "sec:table-and-fig-nesting"
6597 \begin_layout Standard
6598 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
6599 affected by nesting anyhow.
6603 \begin_layout Itemize
6607 \begin_layout Itemize
6611 \begin_layout Itemize
6615 \begin_layout Standard
6617 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6625 If you put a figure or a table in a
6629 , this is no longer true.
6634 Have a look at section
6635 \begin_inset Space ~
6639 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6641 reference "sec:Floats"
6645 for more informations about
6652 \begin_layout Standard
6653 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
6654 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
6658 \begin_layout Standard
6659 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
6660 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6664 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6667 of its own, it behaves just like a
6668 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6672 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6675 paragraph environment.
6676 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
6680 \begin_layout Standard
6681 Here's an example with a table:
6684 \begin_layout Enumerate
6689 \begin_layout Enumerate
6690 This is (a) and it's nested.
6694 \begin_layout Standard
6695 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6701 \begin_layout Standard
6703 \begin_inset Tabular
6704 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
6706 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
6707 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
6709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6765 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6791 \begin_layout Standard
6792 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6799 \begin_layout Enumerate
6801 The table is actually nested inside (a).
6805 \begin_layout Enumerate
6809 \begin_layout Standard
6810 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
6813 \begin_layout Enumerate
6818 \begin_layout Enumerate
6819 This is (a) and it's nested.
6823 \begin_layout Standard
6824 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6830 \begin_layout Standard
6832 \begin_inset Tabular
6833 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
6835 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
6836 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
6838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6920 \begin_layout Standard
6921 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6927 \begin_layout Enumerate
6934 In fact, it's not nested at all.
6937 \begin_layout Enumerate
6941 \begin_layout Standard
6942 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
6946 \begin_layout Standard
6947 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
6949 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
6952 \begin_layout Enumerate
6957 \begin_layout Enumerate
6958 This is (a) and it's nested.
6961 \begin_layout Standard
6962 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6968 \begin_layout Standard
6970 \begin_inset Tabular
6971 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
6973 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
6974 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
6976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7058 \begin_layout Standard
7059 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7065 \begin_layout Enumerate
7067 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
7075 \begin_layout Enumerate
7079 \begin_layout Standard
7080 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
7086 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
7087 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
7091 \begin_layout Subsection
7092 Usage and General Features
7093 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7095 name "sub:Nesting-Usage"
7102 \begin_layout Standard
7103 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
7105 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7109 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7112 is the innermost possible depth.
7113 Here's an example to display what we mean:
7116 \begin_layout Enumerate
7117 level #1 - outermost
7121 \begin_layout Enumerate
7126 \begin_layout Enumerate
7131 \begin_layout Enumerate
7136 \begin_layout Itemize
7141 \begin_layout Itemize
7150 \begin_layout Standard
7151 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
7152 both of them in the example.
7153 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
7163 For example, if we tried to nest another
7168 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7172 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7178 \begin_layout Subsection
7183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7192 \begin_layout Standard
7193 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
7194 We have several examples of nested environments.
7195 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
7199 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7200 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
7203 \begin_layout Labeling
7204 \labelwidthstring MMM
7205 #1-a This is the outermost level.
7214 \begin_layout Labeling
7215 \labelwidthstring MMM
7216 #2-a This is level #2.
7217 We created it by using
7229 \begin_layout Labeling
7230 \labelwidthstring MMM
7231 #3-a This is level #3.
7232 This time, we just hit
7241 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
7254 \begin_layout Standard
7259 environment, nested inside of
7260 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7264 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7268 So, it's at level #4.
7269 We did this by hitting
7277 , then changing the paragraph environment to
7282 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph - it also works
7298 \begin_layout Standard
7303 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
7310 \begin_layout Labeling
7311 \labelwidthstring MMM
7312 #4-a This is level #4.
7317 and changed the paragraph environment back to
7322 Remember - we can't nest anything inside of a
7326 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
7331 keep nesting things inside of
7332 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7336 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7343 \begin_layout Labeling
7344 \labelwidthstring MMM
7345 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
7350 \begin_layout Labeling
7351 \labelwidthstring MMM
7352 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
7353 and this is level #6.
7354 By now, you should know how we made these two.
7358 \begin_layout Labeling
7359 \labelwidthstring MMM
7360 #5-b Back to level #5.
7373 \begin_layout Labeling
7374 \labelwidthstring MMM
7383 , we're back at level #4.
7387 \begin_layout Labeling
7388 \labelwidthstring MMM
7389 #3-b Back to level #3.
7390 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
7394 \begin_layout Labeling
7395 \labelwidthstring MMM
7396 #2-b Back to level #2.
7401 \begin_layout Labeling
7402 \labelwidthstring MMM
7403 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
7404 After this sentence, we'll hit
7408 and change the paragraph environment back to
7415 \begin_layout Standard
7416 We could have also used the
7432 environment in place of the
7437 The example would have worked exactly the same.
7440 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7441 Example 2: Inheritance
7444 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7445 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
7448 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7458 , after which, we'll change to the
7466 \begin_layout Enumerate
7471 environment, at level #2.
7474 \begin_layout Enumerate
7475 Notice how the nested
7479 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
7483 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
7487 \begin_layout Standard
7488 We ended this example by hitting
7493 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
7497 and resetting the nesting depth by using
7504 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7505 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
7517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7518 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
7526 \begin_layout Enumerate
7527 This is level #1, in an
7531 paragraph environment.
7532 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
7536 \begin_layout Enumerate
7547 Now, what happens if we nest an
7551 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
7552 label be? An asterisk?
7556 \begin_layout Itemize
7566 environment, even though it's at level #3.
7567 So, its label is a bullet.
7568 (We got here by using
7576 , then changing the environment to
7584 \begin_layout Itemize
7585 Here's level #4, produced using
7594 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
7599 \begin_layout Enumerate
7600 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
7602 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
7607 Notice the type of numbering, it is
7611 , because we are in the
7635 \begin_layout Enumerate
7640 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
7641 type of numbering does LyX use?
7644 \begin_layout Enumerate
7645 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
7649 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
7652 \begin_layout Enumerate
7657 to decrease the depth after the next
7665 \begin_layout Enumerate
7667 Look what type of label LyX is using!
7671 \begin_layout Enumerate
7673 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
7674 numeral as the label.Why?
7677 \begin_layout Enumerate
7678 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
7687 Notice, however, that LyX
7691 reset the counter for the label.
7695 \begin_layout Enumerate
7704 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
7705 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
7706 into the twofold-nested
7714 \begin_layout Enumerate
7715 The same thing happens if we do another
7723 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
7726 \begin_layout Standard
7727 Lastly, we reset the environment to
7732 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
7746 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
7752 The same rule applies for the
7756 environment, as well.
7759 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7760 Example 4: Going Bonkers
7763 \begin_layout Enumerate
7764 We're going to go totally nuts now.
7765 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
7766 same detail with how we did it.
7775 \begin_layout Standard
7778 Return, S-M-Right, Standard
7780 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
7781 example in parentheses someplace.
7782 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
7783 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
7784 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
7788 \begin_layout Enumerate
7793 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
7798 Now we'll add verse.
7799 \begin_inset Newline newline
7802 It will get much worse.
7803 \begin_inset Newline newline
7808 Return, S-M-Right, Verse
7814 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
7815 \begin_inset Newline newline
7818 Bippitey boppitey boo!
7819 \begin_inset Newline newline
7832 \begin_layout Standard
7833 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7839 \begin_layout Standard
7841 \begin_inset Tabular
7842 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7844 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7845 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7847 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
7850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
7888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7903 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7933 M-Return, Table, S-M-Right
7937 M-Return, Verse, S-M-Left
7943 \begin_layout Enumerate
7948 : level #1) This is another item.
7949 Note that selecting a
7953 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
7954 3 times to put the table inside the
7962 \begin_layout Quotation
7963 We're now ending the
7967 list and changing to
7972 We're still at level #1.
7973 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
7974 The next set of paragraphs is a
7975 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7979 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7989 \begin_inset Space ~
7994 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
7998 for the letter body.
8003 to preserve the depth.
8004 Remember that you need to use
8008 to create multiple lines inside the
8015 \begin_inset Space ~
8025 \begin_layout Right Address
8027 \begin_inset Newline newline
8030 Moosegroin, MT 00100
8031 \begin_inset Newline newline
8037 \begin_layout Address
8039 \begin_inset Space ~
8045 \begin_layout Quotation
8046 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
8047 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
8050 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
8051 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
8052 a backlog in our orders for methane.
8053 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
8054 as soon as possible.
8055 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
8058 \begin_layout Quotation
8059 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
8060 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
8061 with your order, along with payment.
8064 \begin_layout Quotation
8065 We thank you again for your patience.
8068 \begin_layout Address
8070 \begin_inset Newline newline
8077 \begin_layout Quotation
8078 That ends that example!
8081 \begin_layout Standard
8082 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
8083 just a few keystrokes.
8084 We could have easily nested an
8105 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
8108 \begin_layout Section
8109 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
8113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8122 \begin_layout Standard
8123 What is a space? While you might be used to press the space key anytime
8124 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
8125 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
8126 be broken at the end of a line.
8127 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
8131 \begin_layout Subsection
8133 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8135 name "sub:Protected-Space"
8143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8152 \begin_layout Standard
8153 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
8155 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
8159 Further documentation is given in section
8160 \begin_inset Newline newline
8164 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8166 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8174 \begin_layout Standard
8175 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
8176 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8180 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8184 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8188 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8190 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8195 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8199 A protected space is set with
8201 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8202 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8206 \begin_inset Space ~
8220 \begin_layout Subsection
8222 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8224 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
8232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8233 Spacing ! Horizontal
8241 \begin_layout Standard
8242 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
8244 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8245 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8249 The length units are listed in Appendix
8250 \begin_inset Space ~
8254 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8256 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
8263 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8265 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8267 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
8275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8284 \begin_layout Standard
8286 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8290 \begin_inset Space \space{}
8293 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
8294 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
8295 \begin_inset Space ~
8299 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8301 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
8306 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
8307 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
8314 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8316 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8318 name "sub:Thin-Space"
8326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8335 \begin_layout Standard
8337 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8341 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8344 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
8345 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8349 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8353 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
8354 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
8355 inside abbreviations:
8360 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8364 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program, i.
8365 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8369 \begin_inset Space \space{}
8375 \begin_layout Standard
8376 or between values and units.
8377 Compare for example this:
8378 \begin_inset Newline newline
8382 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8386 \begin_inset Newline newline
8392 \begin_layout Standard
8393 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
8395 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8396 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8398 \begin_inset Space ~
8410 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8412 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8414 name "sub:More-Spaces"
8421 \begin_layout Standard
8422 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
8425 \begin_layout Description
8427 \begin_inset Space ~
8431 \begin_inset Space ~
8435 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8439 \begin_inset Space \negthinspace{}
8443 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8446 Negative thin space between the arrows.
8449 \begin_layout Description
8451 \begin_inset Space ~
8455 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8459 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8463 \begin_inset Space \enskip{}
8467 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8471 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8474 em) space between the arrows.
8477 \begin_layout Description
8479 \begin_inset Space ~
8483 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8487 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8491 \begin_inset Space \quad{}
8495 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8499 \begin_inset Space ~
8503 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8506 em) space between the arrows.
8509 \begin_layout Description
8511 \begin_inset Space ~
8515 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8519 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8523 \begin_inset Space \qquad{}
8527 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8531 \begin_inset Space ~
8535 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8538 em) space between the arrows.
8541 \begin_layout Description
8543 \begin_inset Space ~
8547 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8551 \begin_inset Space \hspace{}
8556 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8560 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8563 cm space between the arrows.
8566 \begin_layout Standard
8568 \begin_inset Space ~
8572 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8574 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
8578 lists the different space sizes.
8581 \begin_layout Standard
8582 \begin_inset Float table
8587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8589 \begin_inset Caption
8591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8592 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8594 name "tab:Width-of-the"
8598 Width of the different horizotal spaces.
8606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8608 \begin_inset Tabular
8609 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
8611 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
8612 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
8614 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8652 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8676 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8686 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8695 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8700 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8724 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8739 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8752 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8767 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8775 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8780 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8795 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8803 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8808 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8829 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8847 \begin_layout Standard
8848 Horizontal fills (hfills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
8849 in a uniform fashion.
8850 An hfill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
8851 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
8852 If there is more than one hfill on a line, they divide the available space
8853 equally between themselves.
8857 \begin_layout Standard
8858 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
8863 This is on the left side
8864 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
8867 This is on the right
8873 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
8877 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
8886 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
8890 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
8894 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
8900 \begin_layout Standard
8901 That was an example in the
8907 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8911 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
8915 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8918 is one in a standard paragraph.
8919 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
8923 sitting in-between the two arrows.
8926 \begin_layout Standard
8927 There may be more than one set of margins on a line.
8928 Here's an example with the
8935 \begin_layout Labeling
8936 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
8938 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
8942 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
8946 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
8950 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
8956 \begin_layout Standard
8958 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8962 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8965 marks the beginning of the item.
8966 (There is actually a
8967 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8971 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8974 hfill inside of the label of the
8978 environment; it's put at the end of the label automatically.) Hfills work
8980 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8984 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8987 situations, like two-column mode.
8990 \begin_layout Standard
8991 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
8994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8999 If an hfill is at the beginning of a line, and
9003 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
9004 This prevents hfills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
9005 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
9009 option in the space dialog.
9017 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9031 \begin_layout Standard
9032 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
9034 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
9037 \begin_layout Standard
9038 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9041 What is correct English?:
9042 \begin_inset Newline newline
9046 \begin_inset Newline newline
9050 \begin_inset Space ~
9053 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
9054 \begin_inset Newline newline
9061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9072 \begin_inset Newline newline
9079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9090 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9096 \begin_layout Standard
9097 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
9098 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9102 \begin_inset Space ~
9106 \begin_inset Space ~
9110 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9114 To get this, you can use the LaTeX-command
9121 In our case write the command
9128 (note the space after
9129 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9133 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9136 ) at the beginning of the last two lines.
9137 The command prints out the phrase within the the two braces, but invisible.
9138 That is why it is named
9139 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9143 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9151 There exists also the commands
9163 , but this too special for the LyX Userguide.
9164 If you are interested in knowing more about this, have a look at
9165 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
9167 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
9179 \begin_layout Subsection
9181 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9183 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
9191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9200 \begin_layout Standard
9201 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
9203 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9204 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9206 \begin_inset Space ~
9212 There you find the following sizes:
9215 \begin_layout Standard
9228 are LaTeX sizes which depends on the font size of the document.
9233 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
9235 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9248 for the paragraph separation.
9249 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
9260 \begin_layout Standard
9269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9275 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
9276 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
9278 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
9279 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
9288 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
9292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9297 s are described in section
9298 \begin_inset Space ~
9302 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9304 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
9313 If there are several
9317 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
9318 You can therefore use
9322 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
9325 \begin_layout Standard
9330 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
9331 \begin_inset Space ~
9335 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9337 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
9344 \begin_layout Standard
9345 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9355 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
9356 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
9368 \begin_layout Subsection
9372 \begin_layout Standard
9373 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
9375 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9379 There are four possibilities:
9382 \begin_layout Itemize
9388 \begin_layout Itemize
9394 \begin_layout Itemize
9400 \begin_layout Itemize
9406 \begin_layout Standard
9407 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
9408 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
9409 the left and right margins.
9410 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
9413 \begin_layout Standard
9415 This paragraph is right aligned,
9418 \begin_layout Standard
9420 this one is centered,
9423 \begin_layout Standard
9425 this one is left aligned.
9428 \begin_layout Subsection
9433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9440 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9442 name "sub:Forced-Pagebreaks"
9449 \begin_layout Standard
9450 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
9451 can force a pagebreak where you want one.
9452 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at pagebreaking.
9453 Only if you use many
9457 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
9460 \begin_layout Standard
9461 We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished, and
9462 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
9466 have to change the pagebreaking.
9469 \begin_layout Standard
9470 There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
9472 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
9474 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9475 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9477 \begin_inset Space ~
9483 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
9485 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9486 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9488 \begin_inset Space ~
9493 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
9495 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a pagebreak produces a page
9496 on which only the last few lines are absent.
9499 \begin_layout Standard
9500 You might try to use a pagebreak to ensure that a figure or table appears
9501 at the top of a page.
9502 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
9503 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
9504 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
9505 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
9507 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9509 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
9520 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9522 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9524 name "sub:Clear-Pages"
9532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9541 \begin_layout Standard
9542 Differently to forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is directly
9543 placed at the next page, pages can also be cleared while breaking them.
9544 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and all, perhaps not
9545 yet processed floats from previous document parts are placed behind it,
9546 if necessary by adding pages.
9549 \begin_layout Standard
9550 You can insert a clear pagebreak with the menu
9552 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9553 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9555 \begin_inset Space ~
9561 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
9563 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9564 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9566 \begin_inset Space ~
9570 \begin_inset Space ~
9575 to insert a clear pagebreak that assures that the next page is a right-hand
9576 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
9579 \begin_layout Subsection
9584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9591 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9593 name "sub:Forced-Linebreaks"
9600 \begin_layout Standard
9601 Similar to pagebreaks there are two types of linebreaks: One that simply
9603 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
9605 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9606 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9608 \begin_inset Space ~
9612 \begin_inset Space ~
9622 Another type that is inserted via the menu
9624 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9625 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9627 \begin_inset Space ~
9631 \begin_inset Space ~
9636 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
9638 This is necessary to avoid
9639 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9643 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9646 in justified paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by linebreaks.
9649 \begin_layout Standard
9650 You shouldn't use forced linebreaks to correct LaTeX's linebreaking, as
9651 LaTeX is very good at linebreaking.
9652 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
9653 set a linebreak, e.g.
9654 in a poem or for an address (see sections
9655 \begin_inset Space ~
9659 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9661 reference "sec:Quote"
9666 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9668 reference "sec:Verse"
9673 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9675 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
9682 \begin_layout Subsection
9684 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9686 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
9694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9703 \begin_layout Standard
9708 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9709 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9711 \begin_inset Space ~
9716 you can insert horizontal lines that spans over the whole document columns
9722 \begin_layout Section
9723 Fonts and Text Styles
9724 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9726 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
9733 \begin_layout Subsection
9738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9747 \begin_layout Standard
9748 There are two types of fonts:
9751 \begin_layout Description
9753 \begin_inset Space ~
9760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9766 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (i.e.
9767 characters) in the font.
9768 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
9769 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
9770 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
9771 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
9772 This means that outline fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
9773 Only at very small sizes it might be hard to provide a good rendering at
9774 very small sizes, where each pixel has to be very carefully computed to
9775 provide a good image.
9776 \begin_inset Newline newline
9779 One could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
9780 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
9781 That improves the appearance, because you need more details at large font
9782 sizes than at small ones.
9783 \begin_inset Newline newline
9797 \begin_inset Space ~
9805 \begin_layout Description
9807 \begin_inset Space ~
9814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9820 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
9821 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
9822 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
9823 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
9824 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
9825 picture manipulation program.
9826 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
9827 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
9828 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
9829 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
9830 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
9832 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exists as fixed versions have
9833 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
9834 \begin_inset Newline newline
9837 Bitmap fonts are named
9840 \begin_inset Space ~
9845 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
9848 \begin_layout Standard
9849 The result of all this, is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they
9850 are designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
9851 So one need less font size definitions for scalable fonts.
9852 That's the reason why nearly all text render and typesetting programs use
9856 \begin_layout Standard
9857 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
9858 its document properties.
9861 \begin_layout Standard
9862 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
9863 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
9864 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
9865 font to emphasize text, you use an
9866 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9870 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9874 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
9875 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
9879 \begin_layout Subsection
9880 Document Font and Font size
9881 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9883 name "sub:Document-Font"
9891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9910 \begin_layout Standard
9911 You can set the document fonts in the
9913 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9927 There you can specify which font should be used for the three different
9928 font shapes roman (serif),
9931 \begin_inset Space ~
9943 \begin_layout Standard
9944 The possible options for the font include
9948 and a list of fonts available on your system.
9953 uses the standard TeX fonts, known as
9954 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9962 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9970 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9975 European Computer Modern
9978 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9988 \begin_layout Standard
9997 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixeled in PDF output, especially when
9998 you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
10002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10003 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
10006 \begin_inset Space ~
10011 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
10017 To get rid of pixeled fonts, you have to use a vector font.
10018 There are three ways to use one:
10021 \begin_layout Itemize
10022 One way is to use the
10032 Virtual means that it
10033 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10037 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10044 -glyphs from other fonts.
10045 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
10047 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10051 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10055 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10059 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10067 Loading the LaTeX-package
10075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10076 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
10081 with the document preamble line
10084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10089 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
10092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10093 will fix the guillemet problem.
10098 and that accented characters are not
10102 glyph, they are build of
10106 characters, the accent and the letter.
10107 Therefore you can't search in documents using the
10111 fonts for words with accented characters.
10112 If you search for example for the French word
10113 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10117 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10120 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
10122 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10126 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10129 and not for the glyph
10130 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10134 \begin_inset Space ~
10138 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10144 \begin_layout Itemize
10145 Another possibility is to use three different outline fonts
10149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10158 , consists of these three main font types
10161 \begin_inset Space ~
10182 \begin_inset Space ~
10192 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
10196 \begin_inset Space ~
10203 as typewriter font.
10204 \begin_inset Newline newline
10207 The differences between roman,
10210 \begin_inset Space ~
10219 fonts are explained in section
10220 \begin_inset Space ~
10224 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10226 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
10231 \begin_inset Newline newline
10237 \begin_inset Space ~
10242 was originally designed for newspapers.
10243 That means its glyphs are smaller than the one from other fonts to fit
10244 into the small newspaper columns.
10248 \begin_inset Space ~
10253 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
10256 \begin_layout Itemize
10257 The best solution is to use the
10262 These fonts are developed in order of the LaTeX community to replace
10269 \begin_layout Standard
10270 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
10273 For the font size there are four possible values:
10290 depends on your LaTeX-system, normally it is equal to the font size 10.
10293 \begin_layout Standard
10294 The font sizes are the
10299 LyX actually scales all other possible font sizes (such as those used in
10300 footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
10301 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
10304 \begin_inset Space ~
10310 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
10311 \begin_inset Space ~
10315 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10317 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
10324 \begin_layout Standard
10325 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
10329 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10337 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
10341 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
10342 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
10343 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
10345 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10348 dialog, see section
10349 \begin_inset Space ~
10353 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10355 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
10367 \begin_layout Subsection
10368 Using Different Character Styles
10372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10391 \begin_layout Standard
10392 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
10393 certain paragraph environments.
10394 LyX supports two character styles,
10403 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
10407 \begin_layout Standard
10412 style, do one of the following:
10415 \begin_layout Itemize
10416 click on the toolbar button
10417 \begin_inset Graphics
10418 filename ../images/font-noun.png
10425 \begin_layout Itemize
10429 \begin_inset Space ~
10435 \begin_layout Standard
10436 These commands are all toggles.
10441 style is already active, they deactivate it.
10444 \begin_layout Standard
10445 One typically uses the
10449 style for proper names.
10451 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10458 is the original author of LyX.
10459 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10465 \begin_layout Standard
10466 A more widely used character style is the
10471 You can activate (or deactivate - it's also a toggle) the
10478 \begin_layout Itemize
10479 clicking on the toolbar button
10480 \begin_inset Graphics
10481 filename ../images/font-emph.png
10488 \begin_layout Itemize
10489 using the keybindings
10492 \begin_inset Space ~
10498 \begin_layout Standard
10503 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
10504 es use a different font.
10507 \begin_layout Standard
10508 We've been using the
10512 style all over the place in this document.
10513 Here's one more example:
10516 \begin_layout Quotation
10519 Don't overuse character styles!
10522 \begin_layout Standard
10523 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
10524 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
10525 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
10526 the common tendency to overuse character style.
10530 \begin_layout Standard
10531 You can always reset to the default font using the keybinding
10534 \begin_inset Space ~
10541 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10543 \begin_inset Space ~
10551 \begin_layout Subsection
10552 Fine-Tuning with the
10557 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10559 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
10567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10576 \begin_layout Standard
10577 There are always occasions when you'll need to do some fine-tuning, so LyX
10578 gives you a way to create custom character style.
10579 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
10580 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
10581 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
10582 from ordinary dialog.
10585 \begin_layout Standard
10586 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
10587 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
10588 \begin_inset Newline newline
10591 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
10592 tend to look like someone has knocked huge holes in it.
10595 \begin_layout Standard
10596 To use custom character styles, open the
10598 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10600 \begin_inset Space ~
10606 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
10607 font property which you can choose.
10608 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
10611 \begin_inset Space ~
10616 , which keeps the current state of that property.
10621 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
10622 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
10623 environments in a snap.
10626 \begin_layout Standard
10627 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
10630 \begin_inset Space ~
10642 \begin_layout Labeling
10643 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10649 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10653 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10657 The possible options are:
10661 \begin_layout Labeling
10662 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10667 This is the Roman font family.
10668 Normally a serif font.
10669 It's also the default family.
10674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10686 \begin_inset Space ~
10695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10703 \begin_inset Note Note
10706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10707 The LaTeX-command prevents text to be broken at the end of a line.
10708 It is explained in section
10709 \begin_inset Space ~
10713 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10715 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
10727 \begin_layout Labeling
10728 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10732 \begin_inset Space ~
10739 This is the Sans Serif font family.
10746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10758 \begin_inset Space ~
10767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10777 \begin_layout Labeling
10778 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10785 This is the Typewriter font family.
10792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10804 \begin_inset Space ~
10813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10826 \begin_layout Labeling
10827 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10832 This corresponds to the print weight.
10837 \begin_layout Labeling
10838 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10843 This is the Medium font series.
10844 It's also the default series.
10847 \begin_layout Labeling
10848 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10855 This is the Bold font series.
10862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10874 \begin_inset Space ~
10883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10894 \begin_layout Labeling
10895 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10900 As the name implies.
10905 \begin_layout Labeling
10906 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10911 This is the Upright font shape.
10912 It's also the default shape.
10915 \begin_layout Labeling
10916 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10930 s the Italic font shape
10936 \begin_layout Labeling
10937 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10944 This is the Slanted font shape
10946 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
10949 \begin_layout Labeling
10950 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10954 \begin_inset Space ~
10961 This is the Small caps font shape
10968 \begin_layout Labeling
10969 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10974 Alters the size of the font.
10975 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
10976 nal to the document font size.
10977 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
10978 what you want to do.
10983 \begin_layout Labeling
10984 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10992 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10996 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11018 \begin_inset Space ~
11027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11050 \begin_inset Space ~
11059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11069 \begin_layout Labeling
11070 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11078 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11082 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11104 \begin_inset Space ~
11113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11123 \begin_layout Labeling
11124 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11132 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11136 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11158 \begin_inset Space ~
11167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11190 \begin_inset Space ~
11199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11209 \begin_layout Labeling
11210 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11218 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11222 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11244 \begin_inset Space ~
11253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11276 \begin_inset Space ~
11285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11295 \begin_layout Labeling
11296 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11302 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11306 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11310 It's also the default size.
11315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11327 \begin_inset Space ~
11336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11359 \begin_inset Space ~
11368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11378 \begin_layout Labeling
11379 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11387 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11391 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11413 \begin_inset Space ~
11422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11445 \begin_inset Space ~
11454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11464 \begin_layout Labeling
11465 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11473 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11477 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11499 \begin_inset Space ~
11508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11531 \begin_inset Space ~
11540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11550 \begin_layout Labeling
11551 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11559 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11563 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11585 \begin_inset Space ~
11594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11604 \begin_layout Labeling
11605 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11613 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11617 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11639 \begin_inset Space ~
11648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11671 \begin_inset Space ~
11680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11690 \begin_layout Labeling
11691 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11699 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11703 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11725 \begin_inset Space ~
11734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11757 \begin_inset Space ~
11766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11777 \begin_layout Standard
11782 : don't go crazy with this feature.
11783 You should almost never need to change the font size.
11784 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
11785 - use that instead.
11786 This is here for fine-tuning only!
11789 \begin_layout Labeling
11790 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11795 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
11800 \begin_layout Labeling
11801 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11808 This is text with emphasize on
11811 This might seem like the same as
11815 , but it is actually a bit different.
11821 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
11823 Normally this font is equal to italic.
11826 \begin_layout Labeling
11827 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11834 This is text with Underbar on.
11841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11853 \begin_inset Space ~
11862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11872 \begin_inset Newline newline
11877 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a holdover from the typewriter days,
11878 when you couldn't change fonts.
11879 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
11880 It's only included in LyX because some people
11884 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
11887 \begin_layout Labeling
11888 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11895 This is text with Noun on.
11902 , this is a logical attribute.
11903 Normally it's equivalent to
11906 \begin_inset Space ~
11915 \begin_layout Labeling
11916 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11921 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
11922 Notice that not all dvi-viewers are are able to display colors.
11926 \begin_inset Space ~
11931 , which is the default
11932 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11936 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11939 and means normally black, you can choose between
11975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11984 \begin_layout Labeling
11985 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11990 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
11991 the language of the document.
11992 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
11996 \begin_layout Standard
11997 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
11998 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
12000 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12002 \begin_inset Space ~
12007 dialog, the settings are saved.
12008 You can activate them using the toolbar button
12009 \begin_inset Graphics
12010 filename ../images/font-free-apply.png
12015 The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even
12016 when the dialog isn't visible.
12020 \begin_layout Standard
12021 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
12024 \begin_inset Space ~
12030 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
12031 (suppose you just set the shape to
12032 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12036 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12040 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12044 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12050 \begin_inset Space ~
12062 \begin_layout Standard
12063 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
12071 \begin_inset Space ~
12083 \begin_layout Itemize
12089 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12093 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12096 font, that means every character has the same width, the
12097 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12101 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12105 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12109 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12114 \begin_inset Newline newline
12121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12146 \begin_inset Note Note
12149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12150 For more on phantoms see section
12151 \begin_inset Space ~
12155 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12157 reference "sub:More-Spaces"
12167 \begin_inset Newline newline
12173 \begin_layout Itemize
12178 fonts use characters with serifs.
12179 These are the small
12180 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12184 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12187 at all ends of of the streaks that form the character.
12188 The following example will show the difference:
12189 \begin_inset Newline newline
12193 \begin_inset Newline newline
12198 text without serifs
12201 \begin_inset Newline newline
12204 Serifs facilitates an easy and fast reading.
12205 They are therefore used as default font (named
12212 \begin_layout Itemize
12218 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
12219 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
12222 \begin_layout Standard
12223 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
12224 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
12227 \begin_layout Section
12228 Printing and Previewing
12231 \begin_layout Subsection
12235 \begin_layout Standard
12236 Now that we've covered some of the basic features of document preparation
12237 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
12238 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
12239 goes on behind-the-scenes.
12240 We cover these informations in much greater detail in the
12243 \begin_inset Space ~
12251 \begin_layout Standard
12252 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
12253 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
12254 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
12255 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
12256 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
12257 This happens in two stages:
12260 \begin_layout Enumerate
12261 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
12262 generating a file with the extension,
12263 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12271 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12277 \begin_layout Enumerate
12278 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
12282 file to produce printable output.
12286 \begin_layout Subsection
12287 Output file formats
12291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12298 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12300 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
12307 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12313 File formats ! ASCII
12321 \begin_layout Standard
12322 This file type has the extension
12323 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12331 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12335 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
12336 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12339 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
12340 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12346 \begin_layout Standard
12347 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
12349 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12350 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12356 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12362 File formats ! Latex@LaTeX
12370 \begin_layout Standard
12371 This file type has the extension
12372 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12380 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12383 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
12385 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
12386 it manually with console commands.
12387 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
12388 you view or export your document.
12391 \begin_layout Standard
12392 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
12394 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12395 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12412 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12426 \begin_layout Standard
12427 This file type has the extension
12428 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12436 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12441 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12445 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12448 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
12449 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
12450 At the time when this file-format was developed, this was no matter of
12452 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
12456 \begin_layout Standard
12457 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
12460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12465 The DVI file doesn't contain images, they will only be a linked.
12466 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
12471 This property can also slow down your computer when you view the DVI.
12472 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
12473 it visible when you scroll in the DVI.
12474 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
12477 \begin_layout Standard
12478 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
12480 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12481 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12487 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12493 File formats ! PostScript
12501 \begin_layout Standard
12502 This file type has the extension
12503 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12511 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12515 PostScript was developed by the company
12519 as printer language.
12520 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
12522 PostScript can be seen as
12523 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12526 programming language
12527 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12530 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
12534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12535 If you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-package
12544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12545 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
12555 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
12558 \begin_layout Standard
12559 PostScript can only contain images in the format
12560 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12563 Encapsulated PostScript
12564 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12567 (EPS, file extension
12568 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12576 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12580 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
12581 to convert them in the background to EPS.
12582 If you have e.g 50 images in your document, LyX has to do 50 conversions
12583 whenever you view or export your document.
12584 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
12585 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
12586 EPS to avoid this problem.
12589 \begin_layout Standard
12590 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
12592 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12593 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12599 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12623 \begin_layout Standard
12624 This file type has the extension
12625 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12633 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12638 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12641 Portable Document Format
12642 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12645 (PDF) is developed by
12649 as derivative from PostScript.
12650 It is more compressed and it uses much less commands than PostScript.
12652 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12656 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12659 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
12660 looks exactly the same.
12663 \begin_layout Standard
12664 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
12665 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12668 Joint Photographic Experts Group
12669 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12672 (JPG, file extension
12673 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12681 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12685 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12693 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12697 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12700 Portable Network Graphics
12701 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12704 (PNG, file extension
12705 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12713 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12717 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
12718 in the background to one of these formats.
12719 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
12720 will slow down your workflow.
12721 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
12724 \begin_layout Standard
12725 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
12727 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12730 in three different ways:
12733 \begin_layout Description
12734 PDF This uses the program
12738 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
12739 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
12743 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
12744 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
12747 \begin_layout Description
12749 \begin_inset Space ~
12752 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
12756 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
12760 \begin_layout Description
12762 \begin_inset Space ~
12765 (pdflatex) This uses the program
12769 that converts your file directly to PDF.
12772 \begin_layout Standard
12773 We recommend to use
12776 \begin_inset Space ~
12785 supports all features of actual PDF-versions, is quick and works stable
12791 is no more under development and therefore a bit outdated.
12794 \begin_layout Subsection
12799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12808 \begin_layout Standard
12809 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
12810 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
12814 and choose a file type.
12815 A viewing program will popup showing the output.
12818 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12821 you can use the toolbar button
12822 \begin_inset Graphics
12823 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
12833 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12835 \begin_inset Space ~
12840 you can use the toolbar button
12841 \begin_inset Graphics
12842 filename ../images/buffer-export_pdf2.png
12849 \begin_layout Standard
12850 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
12851 viewer window using the menu
12853 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12859 \begin_layout Standard
12860 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
12862 To have a real output, export your document.
12865 \begin_layout Subsection
12866 Printing the File from within LyX
12867 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12869 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
12876 \begin_layout Standard
12877 Instead of exporting your file and then printing them, you can also print
12878 it directly from within LyX.
12879 To print a file, select the menu
12881 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12884 or click on the toolbar button
12885 \begin_inset Graphics
12886 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
12891 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
12892 This file is then processed by the program
12896 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
12901 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
12904 \begin_layout Standard
12905 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages - this
12906 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
12907 printing one set to print on the other side.
12908 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
12909 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
12910 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
12913 \begin_layout Standard
12914 You can set the parameters in the
12917 \begin_inset Space ~
12925 \begin_layout Labeling
12926 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12931 This is the name of the printer to print to.
12935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12936 Note that this printer name is for the program
12945 has to be configured for this printer name.
12946 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
12947 \begin_inset Space ~
12951 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12953 reference "sub:Printer"
12962 The printer should understand PostScript.
12965 \begin_layout Labeling
12966 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12971 The name of a file to print to.
12972 The output will be a PostScript file.
12973 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
12977 \begin_layout Section
12978 A few Words about Typography
12982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12991 \begin_layout Subsection
12996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13003 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13012 \begin_layout Standard
13014 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13022 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13025 character comes in three lengths, often called the
13040 \begin_layout Enumerate
13042 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
13046 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
13050 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13058 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13064 \begin_layout Enumerate
13066 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
13070 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
13074 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13095 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13101 \begin_layout Enumerate
13103 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
13107 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
13111 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13145 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13151 \begin_layout Enumerate
13153 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
13157 \begin_inset Formula $-$
13161 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
13165 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13173 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13179 \begin_layout Standard
13180 You generate them by inserting the
13181 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13189 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13192 character multiple times in a row.
13193 They are automatically converted to the appropriate length dash in the
13194 final output, but not in LyX.
13197 \begin_layout Standard
13198 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
13199 math mode and has a length of its own.
13200 Here are some examples of the
13201 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13209 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13215 \begin_layout Enumerate
13216 line- and page-breaks
13217 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
13227 \begin_layout Enumerate
13229 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
13239 \begin_layout Enumerate
13240 Oh --- there's a dash.
13241 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
13251 \begin_layout Enumerate
13252 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
13256 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
13266 \begin_layout Subsection
13271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13278 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13280 name "sub:Hyphenation"
13287 \begin_layout Standard
13288 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
13289 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
13295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13296 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! babel
13303 following the rules of the document language
13307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13308 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
13316 \begin_inset Space ~
13320 \begin_inset Space ~
13327 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13338 \begin_layout Standard
13339 LaTeX hyphenates nearly perfectly, it has only problems with text in the
13344 and with unusual constructs, like
13345 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13349 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13353 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
13354 This is done with the menu
13356 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13357 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13359 \begin_inset Space ~
13365 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
13366 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
13369 \begin_layout Standard
13370 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs to be hyphenated.
13371 The keybindings/shortcuts in this document consists of three letters with
13372 a hyphen and a space in the form
13373 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13377 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13381 LaTeX finds there the hyphen
13382 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13386 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13389 as hyphenation possibility.
13390 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
13391 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, we can put it in the argument
13392 of the LaTeX-box-command
13398 , because text within LaTeX-boxes can't be hyphenated.
13399 As LyX doesn't support
13405 , we have to use ERT.
13406 The result looks in LyX like:
13409 \begin_layout Standard
13410 \begin_inset Graphics
13411 filename clipart/mbox.png
13418 \begin_layout Standard
13419 To learn more about ERT, have a look at section
13420 \begin_inset Space ~
13424 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13426 reference "sec:ERT"
13433 \begin_layout Subsection
13438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13447 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13448 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
13449 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13451 name "sub:Abbreviations"
13458 \begin_layout Standard
13459 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
13460 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
13461 LaTeX then adds the
13462 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13465 appropriate amount of space
13466 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13470 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
13472 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
13475 \begin_layout Standard
13476 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation works
13479 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13487 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13490 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
13491 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
13494 \begin_layout Standard
13495 Here are some examples of
13499 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
13502 \begin_layout Itemize
13507 \begin_layout Itemize
13512 \begin_layout Standard
13513 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
13516 \begin_layout Itemize
13519 this is too much space!
13522 \begin_layout Itemize
13527 \begin_layout Standard
13528 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
13531 \begin_layout Standard
13532 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
13535 \begin_layout Enumerate
13539 \begin_inset Space ~
13544 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
13545 \begin_inset Space ~
13549 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13551 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
13559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13560 Spaces ! inter-word
13568 \begin_layout Enumerate
13572 \begin_inset Space ~
13577 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
13578 \begin_inset Space ~
13582 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13584 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
13592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13601 \begin_layout Enumerate
13605 \begin_inset Space ~
13609 \begin_inset Space ~
13613 \begin_inset Space ~
13620 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13622 \begin_inset Space ~
13627 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
13628 This function is also bound to
13635 \begin_layout Standard
13636 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
13639 \begin_layout Itemize
13641 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
13645 \begin_inset Space \space{}
13648 this is too much space!
13651 \begin_layout Itemize
13652 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
13656 \begin_layout Standard
13657 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
13658 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because the
13659 LaTeX will care about this.
13662 \begin_layout Standard
13663 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
13666 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13668 \begin_inset Space ~
13673 feature described in section
13684 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13690 Typography ! Quotes
13699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13728 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13737 \begin_layout Standard
13738 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
13739 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
13740 and use a closing quote at the end.
13742 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13746 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13750 The keyboard character,
13754 , generates this automatically.
13757 \begin_layout Standard
13758 You can change the behavior of the
13762 key using the submenu
13768 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13776 Document ! Settings
13784 \begin_layout Standard
13785 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
13790 There are six choices:
13793 \begin_layout Labeling
13794 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13797 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13801 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13806 Use quotes like this
13807 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13811 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13815 \begin_inset Quotes els
13819 \begin_inset Quotes ers
13825 \begin_layout Labeling
13826 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13829 \begin_inset Quotes sld
13833 \begin_inset Quotes srd
13839 \begin_inset Quotes sld
13843 \begin_inset Quotes srd
13847 \begin_inset Quotes ers
13853 \begin_layout Labeling
13854 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13857 \begin_inset Quotes gld
13861 \begin_inset Quotes grd
13867 \begin_inset Quotes gld
13871 \begin_inset Quotes grd
13875 \begin_inset Quotes gls
13879 \begin_inset Quotes grs
13885 \begin_layout Labeling
13886 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13889 \begin_inset Quotes pld
13893 \begin_inset Quotes prd
13899 \begin_inset Quotes pld
13903 \begin_inset Quotes prd
13907 \begin_inset Quotes pls
13911 \begin_inset Quotes prs
13917 \begin_layout Labeling
13918 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13921 \begin_inset Quotes fld
13925 \begin_inset Quotes frd
13931 \begin_inset Quotes fld
13935 \begin_inset Quotes frd
13939 \begin_inset Quotes fls
13943 \begin_inset Quotes frs
13949 \begin_layout Labeling
13950 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13953 \begin_inset Quotes ald
13957 \begin_inset Quotes ard
13963 \begin_inset Quotes ald
13967 \begin_inset Quotes ard
13971 \begin_inset Quotes als
13975 \begin_inset Quotes ars
13981 \begin_layout Standard
13982 These settings affects what character the
13989 \begin_layout Subsection
13994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13995 Typography ! Ligatures
14004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14033 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14035 name "sub:Ligatures"
14042 \begin_layout Standard
14043 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
14044 print them as single characters.
14045 These groups are known as
14050 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
14052 Here are the standard ligatures:
14055 \begin_layout Itemize
14059 \begin_layout Itemize
14063 \begin_layout Itemize
14067 \begin_layout Itemize
14071 \begin_layout Itemize
14075 \begin_layout Standard
14076 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
14079 \begin_layout Standard
14080 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
14081 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
14082 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14086 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14089 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
14090 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14094 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14098 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14102 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14105 To break a ligature, use
14107 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14108 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14110 \begin_inset Space ~
14117 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14121 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14125 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14128 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14130 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14134 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14138 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14142 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14145 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14147 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14153 \begin_layout Subsection
14158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14159 Lyx@LyX ! Proper names
14165 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14167 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
14174 \begin_layout Standard
14175 You have surely noticed, that the word
14176 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14180 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14183 appears always with characters in different size and height.
14184 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
14185 as proper name when you type it in LyX as
14186 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14201 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14205 \begin_inset Note Note
14208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14209 The braces in ERT are here to avoid that the
14210 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14214 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14217 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
14218 To create proper names omit the ERT.
14223 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
14227 \begin_layout Description
14228 LyX The name of the game, write
14229 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14244 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14250 \begin_layout Description
14251 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
14252 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14267 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14273 \begin_layout Description
14274 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
14275 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14290 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14296 \begin_layout Description
14297 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
14298 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14313 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14319 \begin_layout Standard
14320 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
14321 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14325 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
14329 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14333 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
14334 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
14335 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
14338 : The actual version is
14339 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14343 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14346 , the previous one was
14347 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14351 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14357 \begin_layout Standard
14358 If you don't want to use proper names, e.g.
14359 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in ERT in the word.
14360 This will look in LyX like:
14361 \begin_inset Graphics
14362 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
14367 \begin_inset Newline newline
14370 For more about ERT, look at section
14371 \begin_inset Space ~
14375 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14377 reference "sec:ERT"
14384 \begin_layout Subsection
14389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14398 \begin_layout Standard
14399 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
14400 space between two words.
14401 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
14404 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14408 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14411 for units use the menu
14413 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14414 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14416 \begin_inset Space ~
14428 \begin_layout Standard
14429 Here's an example to show the differences:
14432 \begin_layout Standard
14433 \begin_inset Tabular
14434 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
14436 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14437 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14444 \begin_inset Space ~
14448 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14456 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14460 space between number and unit
14467 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14472 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
14476 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14488 half space between number and unit
14501 \begin_layout Subsection
14506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14507 Typography ! Widows and orphans
14513 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14522 \begin_layout Standard
14523 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
14525 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
14526 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
14527 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
14528 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
14529 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
14530 These dangly-bits of text became known as
14541 \begin_layout Standard
14542 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
14543 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
14544 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
14545 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
14546 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
14547 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
14548 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
14551 \begin_layout Standard
14552 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
14553 or how you can tweak that behavior.
14554 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as
14555 \begin_inset Space ~
14559 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
14561 key "latexcompanion"
14566 \begin_inset Space ~
14570 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
14576 ] may have more information.
14577 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
14580 \begin_layout Chapter
14581 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
14582 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14584 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
14591 \begin_layout Standard
14592 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
14597 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
14600 \begin_layout Section
14605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14612 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14621 \begin_layout Standard
14622 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
14625 \begin_layout Description
14627 \begin_inset Space ~
14630 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
14631 \begin_inset Newline newline
14635 \begin_inset Note Note
14638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14639 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
14647 \begin_layout Description
14648 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
14649 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
14651 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14652 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14653 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
14656 \begin_inset Newline newline
14660 \begin_inset Note Comment
14663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14664 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
14672 \begin_layout Description
14674 \begin_inset Space ~
14677 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
14678 \begin_inset Newline newline
14682 \begin_inset Newline newline
14686 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
14689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14695 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
14696 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
14697 How this can be done is explained in the
14706 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
14712 \begin_inset Newline newline
14716 \begin_inset Newline newline
14719 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
14720 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
14723 \begin_layout Description
14724 Framed This note will appear in the output as framed text.
14726 \begin_inset Box Framed
14735 height_special "totalheight"
14738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14739 This is text in a note box that appears framed in the output.
14744 In contrary to framed boxes like the one in section
14745 \begin_inset Space ~
14749 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14751 reference "sub:ERT-Boxes"
14755 , the frame uses always the whole text width and the note is set into its
14759 \begin_layout Description
14760 Shaded This note will appear in the output with red background color.
14761 \begin_inset Box Shaded
14770 height_special "totalheight"
14773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14774 This text in a note box appears in the output with red background.
14779 In contrary to colored boxes, the note uses always the whole text width
14780 and the note is set into its own paragraph.
14783 \begin_layout Standard
14784 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
14785 \begin_inset Graphics
14786 filename ../images/note-insert.png
14788 scaleBeforeRotation
14794 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14798 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
14801 \begin_layout Section
14806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14813 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14815 name "sec:Footnotes"
14822 \begin_layout Standard
14823 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
14826 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14829 or the toolbar button
14830 \begin_inset Graphics
14831 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
14844 \begin_inset Graphics
14845 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
14855 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
14865 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14873 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14884 label, the box will
14888 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
14889 Clicking on the box label again, will close
14902 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
14918 \begin_layout Standard
14919 Here's an example footnote:
14927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14928 To close a footnote, click on the red box at the top left.
14936 \begin_layout Standard
14937 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
14938 position where the footnote box is placed.
14939 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
14940 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
14941 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
14942 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
14943 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
14948 ey are described in the
14955 \begin_layout Section
14960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14967 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14969 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
14976 \begin_layout Standard
14977 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
14978 When you insert a margin note via the menu
14980 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14982 \begin_inset Space ~
14987 or the toolbar button
14988 \begin_inset Graphics
14989 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
15009 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15013 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15016 appearing within your text.
15017 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
15026 \begin_layout Standard
15027 At the side is an example marginal note.
15031 \begin_inset Marginal
15034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15035 This is a marginal note.
15043 \begin_layout Standard
15044 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
15045 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin -- left on even
15046 pages, right on odd pages.
15049 \begin_layout Section
15050 Graphics and Images
15054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15071 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15073 name "sec:Graphics"
15080 \begin_layout Standard
15081 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
15082 you want and click on the toolbar icon
15083 \begin_inset Graphics
15084 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
15090 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15094 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
15097 \begin_layout Standard
15098 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
15103 tab allows you to choose your image file.
15104 The appearance of the image inside LyX and in the output is adjusted separately.
15105 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
15107 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
15108 \begin_inset Space ~
15112 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15114 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
15121 \begin_layout Standard
15126 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
15127 of the image in the output.
15128 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
15132 \begin_inset Space ~
15136 \begin_inset Space ~
15145 \begin_inset Space ~
15149 \begin_inset Space ~
15153 \begin_inset Space ~
15158 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
15159 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
15167 \begin_layout Standard
15168 LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options in the
15173 You can also set the
15177 option here if the image is inside a figure float.
15178 This option is explained in section
15179 \begin_inset Space ~
15183 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15185 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
15193 \begin_inset Space ~
15198 effects that the image don't appear in the output, only a frame with the
15199 image size is printed.
15202 \begin_layout Standard
15203 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by right-clicking on an image.
15204 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
15206 This is an example image in the PDF format within a separate, horizontally
15207 centered paragraph:
15210 \begin_layout Standard
15212 \begin_inset Graphics
15213 filename clipart/mobius.eps
15216 rotateOrigin center
15223 \begin_layout Standard
15224 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
15225 the image into a float, see section
15226 \begin_inset Space ~
15230 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15232 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
15239 \begin_layout Subsection
15244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15251 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15253 name "sub:Image-Formats"
15260 \begin_layout Standard
15261 You can insert images in any known file format.
15262 But as we explained in section
15263 \begin_inset Space ~
15267 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15269 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15273 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
15274 LyX uses therefore the program
15278 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
15279 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
15280 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
15281 \begin_inset Space ~
15285 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15287 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15294 \begin_layout Standard
15295 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
15298 \begin_layout Description
15300 \begin_inset Space ~
15303 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
15304 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixeled in large zooms.
15305 Well-known bitmap image formats are
15306 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15309 Graphics Interchange Format
15310 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15313 (GIF, file extension
15314 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15322 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15358 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15361 Portable Network Graphics
15362 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15365 (PNG, file extension
15366 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15374 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15410 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15413 Joint Photographic Experts Group
15414 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15417 (JPG, file extension
15418 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15426 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15430 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15438 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15476 \begin_layout Description
15478 \begin_inset Space ~
15481 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
15483 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
15484 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
15485 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
15486 \begin_inset Newline newline
15489 Scalable image formats can be
15490 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15493 Scalable Vector Graphics
15494 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15497 (SVG, file extension
15498 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15506 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15542 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15545 Encapsulated PostScript
15546 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15549 (EPS, file extension
15550 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15558 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15594 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15597 Portable Document Format
15598 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15601 (PDF, file extension
15602 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15610 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15624 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
15625 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
15626 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
15631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15632 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
15640 \begin_layout Standard
15641 Normally one can't convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
15645 \begin_layout Section
15650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15657 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15666 \begin_layout Standard
15667 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
15668 \begin_inset Graphics
15669 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
15676 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15680 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
15681 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
15682 from the rest of the table.
15683 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
15684 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
15686 Here's an example table:
15689 \begin_layout Standard
15691 \begin_inset Tabular
15692 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
15694 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
15695 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
15696 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
15697 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
15699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15746 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15764 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15820 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15833 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15844 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15871 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15897 \begin_layout Subsection
15901 \begin_layout Standard
15902 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
15903 brings up the table dialog.
15904 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
15905 where the cursor is placed currently.
15906 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
15907 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
15908 done on all of your selection.
15911 \begin_layout Standard
15912 Additionally to the table dialog the
15915 \begin_inset Space ~
15920 , that appears when the cursor is inside a table, helps you in setting table
15922 It is for example currently only possible to add
15923 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
15927 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
15930 delete lines via the table toolbar.
15933 \begin_layout Standard
15937 \begin_inset Space ~
15942 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
15943 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
15944 current cell respectively.
15945 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
15947 A given width will allow the cell to have linebreaks and multiple paragraphs
15948 of text, see section
15949 \begin_inset Space ~
15953 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15955 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
15962 \begin_layout Standard
15963 You can mark multiple cells of one row as a multicolumn cell using the check
15969 This will merge the cells to
15973 cell, spread over more than one column.
15974 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
15975 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
15976 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
15977 in the last row without the upper border:
15980 \begin_layout Standard
15982 \begin_inset Tabular
15983 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
15984 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true">
15985 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
15986 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
15987 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
15988 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
15990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15999 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16008 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16084 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16119 \begin_layout Standard
16120 At the moment LyX doesn't support multirow cells.
16121 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
16122 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
16123 explained in the tables section of the
16126 \begin_inset Space ~
16132 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
16133 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
16136 degrees counterclockwise.
16137 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
16140 \begin_layout Standard
16141 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16149 Most DVI-viewers are
16153 able to display rotations.
16161 \begin_layout Standard
16166 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
16171 adds lines for all cell borders.
16174 \begin_layout Subsection
16179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16180 Tables ! Longtables
16189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16198 \begin_layout Standard
16199 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
16202 \begin_inset Space ~
16206 \begin_inset Space ~
16215 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
16216 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
16219 \begin_layout Description
16224 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16225 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
16226 except for the first page, if
16229 \begin_inset Space ~
16237 \begin_layout Description
16241 \begin_inset Space ~
16246 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16247 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
16250 \begin_layout Description
16255 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16256 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
16257 except for the last page, if
16260 \begin_inset Space ~
16268 \begin_layout Description
16272 \begin_inset Space ~
16277 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16278 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
16281 \begin_layout Standard
16282 You can also specify a row where the table is splitted.
16283 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
16284 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
16285 The others will then be defined as
16290 In this context, first means first in this order:
16293 \begin_inset Space ~
16305 \begin_inset Space ~
16311 See the following longtable to see how it works:
16314 \begin_layout Standard
16316 \begin_inset Tabular
16317 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
16318 <features islongtable="true">
16319 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
16320 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16321 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16322 <row endfirsthead="true">
16323 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16329 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
16334 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16343 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16353 <row endfirsthead="true">
16354 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16365 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16374 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16386 <row endhead="true">
16387 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16398 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16407 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16417 <row endhead="true">
16418 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16429 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16438 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16450 <row endfoot="true">
16451 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16462 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16471 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16502 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16575 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16750 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16803 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16823 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16905 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16998 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17009 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17029 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17082 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17133 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17215 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17443 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17452 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17461 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17472 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17503 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17534 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17565 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17585 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17596 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17627 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17658 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17669 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17689 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17720 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17751 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17782 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17813 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17824 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17833 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17844 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17875 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17895 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17906 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17937 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17968 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17999 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18030 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18041 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18061 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18092 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18123 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18154 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18174 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18185 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18216 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18247 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18267 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18278 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18309 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18320 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18340 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18371 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18402 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18432 <row endlastfoot="true">
18433 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18444 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
18447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18453 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18470 \begin_layout Subsection
18475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18482 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18484 name "sub:Table-Cells"
18491 \begin_layout Standard
18492 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
18493 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
18494 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
18495 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
18499 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
18500 for the cell's paragraph.
18503 \begin_layout Standard
18504 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
18505 for the column in the table dialog.
18506 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
18507 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
18511 \begin_layout Standard
18513 \begin_inset Tabular
18514 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
18516 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18517 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
18518 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18538 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18607 This is a multiline entry in a table.
18612 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18663 This is longer now.
18668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18719 This is a multiline entry in a table.
18720 This is longer now.
18725 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18751 \begin_layout Standard
18752 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
18753 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
18754 Selection with the mouse or with
18758 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
18759 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
18760 the selection from outside the table.
18763 \begin_layout Section
18768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18775 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18784 \begin_layout Standard
18785 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
18786 have a fixed location.
18788 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18792 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18795 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
18803 \begin_inset Space ~
18808 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
18809 too much notes at the page.
18812 \begin_layout Standard
18813 Floats makes it possible to get a high quality layout.
18814 Images and tables can evenly be spread to the pages to avoid whitespace
18815 and pages without text.
18816 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
18817 , every float can be referenced in the text.
18818 Floats are therefore numbered.
18819 Referencing is described in section
18820 \begin_inset Space ~
18824 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
18826 reference "sec:Cross-References"
18833 \begin_layout Standard
18834 To insert a float, use the menu
18836 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18840 A box with a caption that has e.
18841 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
18845 \begin_inset Space ~
18849 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18853 \begin_inset Space ~
18857 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18860 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
18861 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
18863 Behind the label you can insert the caption text.
18867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18873 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
18874 paragraph within the float.
18875 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
18876 by left-clicking on the box label.
18877 A closed float box looks like this:
18878 \begin_inset Graphics
18879 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
18884 -- a gray button with a red label.
18887 \begin_layout Standard
18888 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
18889 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
18892 \begin_layout Subsection
18896 \begin_layout Subsubsection
18901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18902 Floats ! Figure floats
18908 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18910 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
18917 \begin_layout Standard
18920 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18921 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18924 inserts a float with the label
18925 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18931 \begin_inset Space ~
18937 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18941 Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
18942 the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
18943 This is what we did for Figure
18944 \begin_inset Space ~
18948 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
18950 reference "cap:Platypus"
18955 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
18956 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
18957 This was done in Figure
18958 \begin_inset Space ~
18962 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
18964 reference "cap:Escher"
18971 \begin_layout Standard
18972 \begin_inset Float figure
18977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18979 \begin_inset Graphics
18980 filename clipart/platypus.eps
18983 rotateOrigin center
18990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18991 \begin_inset Caption
18993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18994 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18996 name "cap:Platypus"
19000 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
19013 \begin_layout Standard
19014 \begin_inset Float figure
19019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19020 \begin_inset Caption
19022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19023 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19040 \begin_inset Graphics
19041 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19044 rotateOrigin center
19056 \begin_layout Standard
19057 This figure float show also how to set a label and create a cross-reference
19059 As described in section
19060 \begin_inset Space ~
19064 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19066 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19070 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
19072 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19075 and refer to it using the menu
19077 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19081 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
19083 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19087 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19090 , because as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document; it
19092 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19096 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19102 \begin_layout Standard
19103 Normally one inserts only one image to a figure float, but sometimes you
19104 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
19105 This can be done in the graphics dialog: Right-click on an image and go
19109 \begin_inset Space ~
19114 in the appearing dialog, use the option
19118 , and enter the subcaption for the image in the now enabled caption field.
19120 \begin_inset Space ~
19124 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19126 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19130 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
19131 You can also set the images one below the other.
19134 \begin_layout Standard
19135 \begin_inset Float figure
19140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19141 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
19145 \begin_inset Float figure
19150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19151 \begin_inset Caption
19153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19163 \begin_inset Graphics
19164 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19175 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
19179 \begin_inset Float figure
19184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19185 \begin_inset Caption
19187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19197 \begin_inset Graphics
19198 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19210 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
19216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19217 \begin_inset Caption
19219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19220 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19222 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19226 Two distorted images.
19239 \begin_layout Standard
19240 Note that the caption is added to the
19243 \begin_inset Space ~
19247 \begin_inset Space ~
19252 as described in section
19253 \begin_inset Space ~
19257 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19259 reference "sec:ListsOf"
19266 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19272 Floats ! Table floats
19278 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19280 name "sec:Table-Floats"
19287 \begin_layout Standard
19288 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
19290 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19291 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19295 They have the same properties as figure floats except of the different
19298 \begin_inset Space ~
19302 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19304 reference "cap:Table-float"
19308 is an example of a table float.
19311 \begin_layout Standard
19312 \begin_inset Float table
19317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19318 \begin_inset Caption
19320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19321 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19323 name "cap:Table-float"
19335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19337 \begin_inset Tabular
19338 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
19340 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19341 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19342 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19456 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19469 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
19477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19490 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
19492 c & d\end{array}\right]$
19500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19513 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
19534 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19540 Floats ! Algorithm floats
19548 \begin_layout Standard
19549 This float type is inserted with the menu
19551 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19552 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19556 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
19557 A possible environment for algorithms is the
19561 , described in section
19562 \begin_inset Space ~
19566 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19568 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
19575 \begin_layout Standard
19576 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
19579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19584 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
19590 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
19593 \begin_layout Standard
19598 floatname{algorithm}{your
19599 \begin_inset Space ~
19605 \begin_layout Standard
19606 to the document preamble (menu
19608 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19615 \begin_inset Space ~
19621 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19629 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19635 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19641 Floats ! Text Wrap Floats
19647 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19649 name "sec:Wrap-Floats"
19656 \begin_layout Standard
19657 \begin_inset Wrap figure
19664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19665 \begin_inset Graphics
19666 filename clipart/mobius.eps
19669 rotateOrigin center
19676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19677 \begin_inset Caption
19679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19680 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19682 name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
19686 This is a wrapped figure.
19687 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
19700 This float type is used if you want to
19701 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19705 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19708 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
19710 It can be inserted using the menu
19712 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19713 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19715 \begin_inset Space ~
19720 if the LaTeX-package
19728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19729 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
19738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19739 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
19742 \begin_inset Space ~
19752 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
19755 \begin_inset Space ~
19759 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19761 reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
19765 is for example a figure wrap float with a width of 40
19766 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
19773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19774 Available units are explained in Appendix
19775 \begin_inset Space ~
19779 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19781 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
19790 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
19794 \begin_layout Standard
19795 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
19798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19803 Wrap floats might be fragile! E.g.
19804 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up
19805 in the way that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed
19806 over some other text.
19814 \begin_layout Itemize
19815 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
19816 That means that wrap floats should better be inserted to the exact place
19817 when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where page
19818 breaks will appear.
19821 \begin_layout Itemize
19822 Wrap floats should either be placed in an own paragraph before the paragraph
19823 where they should wrap into or within a paragraph.
19826 \begin_layout Itemize
19827 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause troubles, so assure that
19828 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
19831 \begin_layout Itemize
19832 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
19835 \begin_layout Subsection
19837 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19839 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
19847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19856 \begin_layout Standard
19857 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
19858 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
19862 \begin_inset Space ~
19870 \begin_layout Standard
19871 Rotated floats are always placed on its own page (or column, when you have
19872 a two-column document).
19873 They are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
19874 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
19881 \begin_layout Standard
19882 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats, the caption
19883 format is also the same: Table
19884 \begin_inset Space ~
19888 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19890 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
19894 is an example of a rotated table float.
19897 \begin_layout Standard
19898 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
19901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19906 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
19914 \begin_layout Standard
19915 \begin_inset Float table
19920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19921 \begin_inset Caption
19923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19924 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19926 name "cap:Rotated-table"
19938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19940 \begin_inset Tabular
19941 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
19943 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
19944 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
19945 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
19946 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
19947 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
19949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20007 \begin_layout Subsection
20009 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20011 name "sub:Float-Placement"
20019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20028 \begin_layout Standard
20029 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
20030 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
20031 \begin_inset Newline newline
20037 \begin_inset Space ~
20042 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
20043 span across both columns on the page instead of being confined to just
20045 \begin_inset Newline newline
20051 \begin_inset Space ~
20056 is used to rotate floats, see section
20057 \begin_inset Space ~
20061 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20063 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20070 \begin_layout Standard
20071 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
20072 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
20075 \begin_inset Space ~
20079 \begin_inset Space ~
20087 \begin_layout Description
20089 \begin_inset Space ~
20093 \begin_inset Space ~
20096 possible: try to place the float on the position where it is inserted
20099 \begin_layout Description
20101 \begin_inset Space ~
20105 \begin_inset Space ~
20108 page: try to place the float on the top of the current page
20111 \begin_layout Description
20113 \begin_inset Space ~
20117 \begin_inset Space ~
20120 page: try to place the float on the bottom of the current page
20123 \begin_layout Description
20125 \begin_inset Space ~
20129 \begin_inset Space ~
20132 floats: try to place the float on an own page
20135 \begin_layout Standard
20136 The order of the above option is
20141 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
20145 \begin_inset Space ~
20149 \begin_inset Space ~
20157 \begin_inset Space ~
20161 \begin_inset Space ~
20166 , and then the others.
20167 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
20169 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
20170 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
20173 \begin_layout Standard
20174 By default, each options has its own rules:
20177 \begin_layout Standard
20181 \begin_inset Space ~
20185 \begin_inset Space ~
20190 only floats occupying less than 70
20191 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
20194 % of the page can be placed at the top of a page
20197 \begin_layout Standard
20201 \begin_inset Space ~
20205 \begin_inset Space ~
20210 : only floats occupying less than 30
20211 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
20214 % of the page can be placed at the bottom of a page.
20217 \begin_layout Standard
20221 \begin_inset Space ~
20225 \begin_inset Space ~
20230 : only if more than 50
20231 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
20234 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats can be set together
20238 \begin_layout Standard
20239 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
20243 \begin_inset Space ~
20247 \begin_inset Space ~
20255 \begin_layout Standard
20256 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
20257 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
20258 For this case you can use the option
20261 \begin_inset Space ~
20267 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
20269 Because the float is then no longer able to
20270 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20274 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20277 when you change your document and this will often destroy the page layout.
20280 \begin_layout Standard
20281 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
20282 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
20285 \begin_layout Standard
20286 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
20288 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
20290 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
20297 \begin_layout Section
20302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20309 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20311 name "sec:Minipages"
20318 \begin_layout Standard
20319 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
20321 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
20322 \begin_inset Space ~
20329 \begin_layout Standard
20330 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
20332 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20336 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
20337 and its alignment within the page.
20340 \begin_layout Standard
20342 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20351 height_special "totalheight"
20354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20357 This is a minipage.
20358 The text is set in an italic style.
20361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20364 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
20365 another formatting.
20373 \begin_layout Standard
20374 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20377 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
20381 as described in section
20382 \begin_inset Space ~
20386 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20388 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
20393 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20399 \begin_layout Standard
20400 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20409 height_special "totalheight"
20412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20413 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20414 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20420 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
20424 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20433 height_special "totalheight"
20436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20437 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20438 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20446 \begin_layout Standard
20447 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
20453 \begin_layout Standard
20454 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
20455 to other box types.
20456 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
20467 \begin_layout Chapter
20468 Mathematical Formulas
20472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20511 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20513 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
20520 \begin_layout Standard
20521 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
20526 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
20529 \begin_layout Section
20534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20543 \begin_layout Standard
20544 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
20545 \begin_inset Graphics
20546 filename ../images/math-mode.png
20551 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
20553 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
20554 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
20555 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
20557 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20563 \begin_layout Standard
20564 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
20568 \begin_inset Space ~
20573 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
20576 \begin_layout Standard
20577 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
20578 line, like this one:
20581 \begin_layout Standard
20582 This is a line with an inline formula
20583 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
20589 \begin_layout Standard
20590 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like as they were in an own paragraph
20592 \begin_inset Formula \[
20597 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
20600 \begin_layout Standard
20601 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
20604 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20614 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20617 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
20618 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
20622 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
20625 \begin_inset Space ~
20633 \begin_layout Subsection
20634 Navigating in Formulas
20638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20647 \begin_layout Standard
20648 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
20649 achieved with the arrow keys.
20650 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
20651 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
20656 will leave a formula construct (a square root
20657 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
20661 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
20665 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
20667 3 & 4\end{array}\right]$
20675 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
20680 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
20681 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
20684 \begin_layout Standard
20689 , printed in this document as
20690 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20707 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20711 \begin_inset Note Note
20714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20715 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
20716 space character (visible space).
20721 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
20722 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
20723 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
20728 For example, if you want
20729 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
20740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20783 , since in the latter case only the
20786 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
20791 will be under the square root sign:
20792 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
20798 \begin_layout Standard
20799 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
20801 \begin_inset Formula \[
20802 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
20805 & & \lambda_{n}\end{array}\right)\]
20809 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
20810 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
20813 \begin_layout Subsection
20817 \begin_layout Standard
20818 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
20819 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
20823 and a cursor movement key to select text.
20824 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
20825 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
20826 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
20827 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
20830 \begin_layout Subsection
20831 Exponents and Subscripts
20835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20854 \begin_layout Standard
20855 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
20856 way is to use a command.
20858 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
20861 , type in a formula
20867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20883 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
20889 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
20893 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
20902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20914 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
20916 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20920 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20923 , you have to use an extra
20927 to separate the hat and the character.
20930 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
20939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20951 Subscripts are similar: To get
20952 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
20961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20975 \begin_layout Subsection
20980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20989 \begin_layout Standard
20990 Create a fraction with either the command
20997 \begin_inset Graphics
20998 filename ../images/math/frac.png
21006 \begin_inset Space ~
21012 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
21013 The cursor is above the fraction line.
21014 To move it to the bottom, simply press
21019 To move back up, press
21024 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
21025 \begin_inset Formula \[
21026 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
21028 4 & 5\end{array}\right)}\right]\]
21035 \begin_layout Subsection
21040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21049 \begin_layout Standard
21050 Roots can be created using the
21053 \begin_inset Space ~
21059 \begin_inset Graphics
21060 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
21083 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
21089 produces always a square root.
21092 \begin_layout Subsection
21093 Operators with Limits
21097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21114 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21116 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21123 \begin_layout Standard
21125 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
21129 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
21132 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
21133 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
21134 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
21135 The sum operator will automatically place its
21136 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21140 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21143 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
21146 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
21150 \begin_inset Formula \[
21151 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e\]
21155 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
21159 \begin_layout Standard
21160 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
21162 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
21163 behind the operator and hitting
21169 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21170 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21172 \begin_inset Space ~
21176 \begin_inset Space ~
21184 \begin_layout Standard
21185 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
21186 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21190 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21193 feature as addition, such as
21197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21204 \begin_inset Formula \[
21205 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\]
21209 which will place the
21210 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
21214 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21218 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21222 In inline formulas it looks like this:
21223 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
21229 \begin_layout Standard
21230 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
21237 Have a look at section
21238 \begin_inset Space ~
21242 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21244 reference "sub:Functions"
21248 for an explanation of function macros.
21251 \begin_layout Subsection
21256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21265 \begin_layout Standard
21266 Most math symbols can be found in the
21269 \begin_inset Space ~
21274 under one of several categories; including
21291 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
21295 \begin_layout Standard
21296 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
21297 you don't have to use the
21300 \begin_inset Space ~
21305 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
21306 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
21309 \begin_layout Subsection
21314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21321 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21323 name "sub:Altering-Spacing"
21330 \begin_layout Standard
21331 You may want to create spaces that differs from the standard spacing that
21340 \begin_inset Space ~
21346 \begin_inset Graphics
21347 filename ../images/math/space.png
21352 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
21353 Here a example for the sequence
21358 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
21362 \begin_inset Graphics
21363 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
21368 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
21369 the space marker and hit space again several times.
21370 With every space hit the size will be changed.
21371 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are a negative
21376 \begin_layout Standard
21386 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
21392 \begin_layout Standard
21402 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
21408 \begin_layout Subsection
21413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21420 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21422 name "sub:Functions"
21429 \begin_layout Standard
21433 \begin_inset Space ~
21438 contains under the button
21439 \begin_inset Graphics
21440 filename ../images/math/functions.png
21444 a number of functions, such as
21445 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
21449 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
21457 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
21464 Standard mathematical practice is, that functions are printed upright to
21465 avoid confusions, because
21466 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
21470 \begin_inset Formula $s·i·n$
21476 \begin_layout Standard
21477 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
21479 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
21483 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
21489 \begin_layout Standard
21490 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes the way
21491 that subscripts are placed, like described in section
21492 \begin_inset Space ~
21496 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21498 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21505 \begin_layout Subsection
21510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21519 \begin_layout Standard
21520 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
21522 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
21523 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.g.
21525 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
21528 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
21529 Our example is entered by typing
21537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21550 \begin_inset Space ~
21554 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21556 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
21560 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
21563 \begin_layout Standard
21564 \begin_inset Float table
21569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21570 \begin_inset Caption
21572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21573 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21575 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
21579 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
21587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21589 \begin_inset Tabular
21590 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
21592 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21593 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21594 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21596 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21605 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21614 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21652 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21665 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21678 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
21688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21732 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
21742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21786 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
21796 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21840 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
21850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21881 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21894 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
21904 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21922 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21935 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21948 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
21958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22002 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
22012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22056 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
22066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22110 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
22120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22129 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22155 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
22176 \begin_layout Standard
22177 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
22180 \begin_inset Space ~
22186 \begin_inset Graphics
22187 filename ../images/math/hat.png
22191 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
22195 \begin_layout Section
22196 Brackets and Delimiters
22200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22217 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22219 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22226 \begin_layout Standard
22227 There are several brackets available through LyX.
22228 For most purposes, using just the keys
22233 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
22234 or if you have several layers of brackets, is better using
22237 \begin_inset Space ~
22243 \begin_inset Graphics
22244 filename ../images/math/delim.png
22249 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
22251 \begin_inset Formula \[
22252 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
22254 3 & 4\end{array}\right]\]
22258 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
22259 \begin_inset Formula \[
22260 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\]
22267 \begin_layout Standard
22268 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
22269 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
22272 \begin_layout Standard
22273 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
22274 left side and right side.
22275 If you use the option
22278 \begin_inset Space ~
22283 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
22284 The selection will be shown below the button field.
22285 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
22286 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
22289 \begin_layout Standard
22290 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
22291 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
22292 inside the brackets.
22293 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
22298 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
22301 \begin_layout Standard
22302 The next section explains how to insert a LaTeX
22303 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22307 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22313 \begin_layout Section
22318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22325 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22327 name "sec:Grouping"
22334 \begin_layout Standard
22335 You may need to group a set of symbols.
22336 In LaTeX, for example, the typesetting of
22347 \begin_layout Standard
22348 \begin_inset Formula \[
22349 {x^{y}}^{z}\quad\mathrm{differs\; from}\quad x^{y^{z}}\]
22356 \begin_layout Standard
22357 To create this grouping, you need to use the key sequence
22358 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22368 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22372 Inside LyX, you will see red braces indicating the grouping.
22373 Within this braces you insert the grouped structure.
22374 The grouping braces won't appear in the output in contrary to normal braces.
22377 \begin_layout Section
22378 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
22382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22403 Math ! Multi-line Equations
22411 \begin_layout Standard
22412 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
22415 \begin_inset Space ~
22421 \begin_inset Graphics
22422 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
22427 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
22428 Here is an example:
22429 \begin_inset Formula \[
22430 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
22433 7 & 8 & 9\end{array}\right)\]
22437 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
22438 \begin_inset Space ~
22442 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22444 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22449 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
22450 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
22451 This alignment is set in the box
22456 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22464 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22468 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22476 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22480 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22488 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22493 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22501 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22504 for every column as default.
22505 For example, the sequence
22506 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22514 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22517 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
22518 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
22519 corresponds to the relevant column.
22520 The result will look like this:
22521 \begin_inset Formula \[
22523 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
22524 column & has & has\, right\\
22525 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment\end{array}.\]
22532 \begin_layout Standard
22533 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
22537 while the cursor is in the matrix.
22538 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
22540 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22546 \begin_layout Standard
22547 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
22548 It can be created with the menu
22550 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22551 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22553 \begin_inset Space ~
22566 \begin_inset Formula \[
22570 1 & x>0\end{cases}\]
22577 \begin_layout Standard
22578 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
22581 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
22589 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
22598 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
22599 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22603 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22606 etc.) will be inserted automatically to the first column, the relation sign
22607 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
22608 A new row is created by every further hit of
22616 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
22617 Here is an example:
22618 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
22619 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
22620 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}\end{eqnarray}
22624 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
22625 where you want to start the shift and hit
22630 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
22631 position to the next column.
22632 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
22633 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
22634 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
22635 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}\end{eqnarray*}
22642 \begin_layout Standard
22643 The multi-line formula type described here is called
22650 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
22651 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
22652 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22654 reference "eq:asquared"
22659 The other types are described in section
22660 \begin_inset Space ~
22664 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22666 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
22673 \begin_layout Section
22674 Formula Numbering and Referencing
22678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22679 Math ! Formula numbering
22688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22689 Math ! Referencing formulas
22695 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22697 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
22704 \begin_layout Standard
22705 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
22707 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22708 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22710 \begin_inset Space ~
22718 \begin_inset Space ~
22724 The formula number appears in LyX as
22725 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22729 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22732 within parentheses.
22734 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22738 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22741 denotes, that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
22743 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
22744 the document class.
22745 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
22746 separated by a dot:
22747 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
22748 1+1=2\end{equation}
22755 \begin_inset Space ~
22760 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
22761 You can only number displayed formulas.
22764 \begin_layout Standard
22765 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
22767 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22768 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22770 \begin_inset Space ~
22774 \begin_inset Space ~
22778 \begin_inset Space ~
22786 \begin_inset Space ~
22791 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is in:
22792 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
22794 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
22795 4 & \leq & 7\end{eqnarray}
22799 To number all lines use the shortcut
22802 \begin_inset Space ~
22810 \begin_layout Standard
22811 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
22814 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
22815 A label is inserted with the menu
22817 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22820 when the cursor is in the formula.
22821 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
22822 It is recommended to use the proposed
22823 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22831 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22834 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
22835 type when you have many labels in your document.
22836 We inserted in the following example the label
22837 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22841 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22844 in the second line:
22845 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
22846 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
22847 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}\end{eqnarray}
22851 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
22852 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
22854 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22858 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22862 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
22864 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22866 \begin_inset Space ~
22872 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
22873 The reference appears in LyX as grey cross reference box and in the output
22874 as the formula number:
22877 \begin_layout Standard
22878 This is a cross-reference to equation (
22879 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22881 reference "eq:tanhExp"
22888 \begin_layout Standard
22889 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
22890 \begin_inset Space ~
22894 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22896 reference "sec:Cross-References"
22901 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
22904 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22907 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
22911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22912 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
22920 \begin_layout Section
22921 User defined math macros
22925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22932 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22934 name "sec:math-macros"
22941 \begin_layout Standard
22942 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas.
22943 For example we assume that solutions of the quadratic equation often occur
22944 in our document in various forms and we want to create a macro to print
22946 \begin_inset Newline newline
22949 The general form of a quadratic equation is:
22950 \begin_inset Formula \[
22951 0=\lambda^{2}+p\lambda+q\]
22955 The general form of its solution is:
22956 \begin_inset Formula \[
22957 \lambda_{1,2}=-\frac{p}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{p²}{4}-q}\]
22964 \begin_layout Standard
22965 The macro should print the parameters
22966 \begin_inset Formula $\lambda$
22970 \begin_inset Formula $p$
22974 \begin_inset Formula $q$
22977 like in the equation above.
22980 \begin_layout Standard
22981 A macro is created by executing the command
22984 \begin_layout Standard
22991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23014 \begin_inset Space ~
23018 \begin_inset Space ~
23024 \begin_layout Standard
23025 in the minibuffer at the bottom of the LyX screen.
23026 Name is the name of the new macro which mustn't contain numbers.
23027 The number of arguments can be a number in the range 1-9.
23028 If you want to define a macro without arguments, don't declare the number
23032 \begin_layout Standard
23033 We have three arguments and name the macro
23034 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23038 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23041 , so that the command is:
23044 \begin_layout Standard
23051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23076 \begin_layout Standard
23077 This results in the following macro definition box:
23078 \begin_inset Graphics
23079 filename clipart/macrobox.png
23084 \begin_inset FormulaMacro
23085 \newcommand{\qE}[3]{#1_{1,\,2}=-\frac{#2}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
23086 {\textrm{qE: }#1\textrm{ , }#2\textrm{ , }#3}
23090 \begin_inset Note Note
23093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23094 The first box is an image to show the behavior in the output.
23095 The second one is the definition box, that doesn't appear in the output.
23103 \begin_layout Standard
23104 The first blue box is for the definition, where you insert the formula via
23105 the math panel or commands.
23106 The placeholder for the arguments are inserted as a backslash and sharp
23107 followed by the argument number, e.g.
23109 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23115 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23118 for the first argument.
23119 Placeholders will be displayed in red.
23120 The second blue box is for the appearance in LyX.
23121 This is useful when you have a large structure that shouldn't be displayed
23122 in LyX with its full size.
23123 If you want to see the macro as it is defined, leave the box blank.
23124 In our example we insert the sequence
23125 \begin_inset Newline newline
23153 \begin_inset Newline newline
23158 The macro will then be shown as the macro name followed by the three arguments.
23161 \begin_layout Standard
23162 To use the macro in a formula, type its name as command, in our case
23163 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23173 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23177 The macro is inserted with boxes for the arguments looking similar to this:
23180 \begin_layout Standard
23182 \begin_inset Graphics
23183 filename clipart/macrouse.png
23190 \begin_layout Standard
23191 The arguments are inserted in the blue boxes.
23192 If the cursor is outside the macro, the arguments are put in the macro.
23193 To change the arguments, put the cursor in the formula before or after
23194 the macro and press the right or left arrow key respectively.
23195 The arguments appear now again below the macro definition.
23198 \begin_layout Standard
23199 If you change the macro definition all macros are changed automatically
23200 to the new definition.
23201 Here an example of our macro with the arguments
23202 \begin_inset Formula $x$
23206 \begin_inset Formula $\ln(x)$
23210 \begin_inset Formula $B$
23214 \begin_inset Formula \[
23222 \begin_layout Standard
23223 When the document is exported to LaTeX, the macro definition will be inserted
23227 \begin_layout Standard
23241 \begin_inset Newline newline
23248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23274 frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
23277 \begin_layout Standard
23278 The command is not inserted in the document preamble.
23279 That means you can only use macros in formulas that are below the macro
23280 definition box in your document.
23281 There are also some other restrictions: The command
23283 newcommand supports optional arguments, which are not available in LyX's
23285 You can also not change subsequently the name of the macro and the number
23290 \begin_layout Section
23294 \begin_layout Subsection
23299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23308 \begin_layout Standard
23309 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
23310 To set a font in a formula, use the
23313 \begin_inset Space ~
23319 \begin_inset Graphics
23320 filename ../images/math/font.png
23324 , or enter its command, listed in table
23325 \begin_inset Space ~
23329 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23331 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23338 \begin_layout Standard
23339 \begin_inset Float table
23344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23345 \begin_inset Caption
23347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23348 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23350 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23354 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
23362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23364 \begin_inset Tabular
23365 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
23367 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23368 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23400 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
23408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23427 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
23435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23454 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
23462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23487 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
23495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23514 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
23522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23541 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
23549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23575 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
23583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23602 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
23610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23636 \begin_layout Standard
23637 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
23640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23645 that you can only print capital letters in the typefaces
23661 \begin_layout Standard
23662 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
23663 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
23668 within the box, will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a
23669 protected space when you need a space in the box.
23670 Here an example where a
23671 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23675 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23682 denotes the set of numbers:
23683 \begin_inset Formula \[
23684 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}\]
23691 \begin_layout Standard
23692 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
23703 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
23707 \begin_inset Newline newline
23710 So better don't use this feature.
23713 \begin_layout Standard
23714 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
23715 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
23719 \begin_inset Newline newline
23722 You can only print them emboldened using the command
23728 , which works like the other typeface commands:
23729 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
23735 \begin_layout Standard
23742 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
23745 \begin_layout Standard
23746 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
23748 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23749 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23751 \begin_inset Space ~
23759 \begin_layout Subsection
23764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23773 \begin_layout Standard
23774 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
23776 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
23780 \begin_inset Space ~
23784 \begin_inset Space ~
23792 \begin_inset Space ~
23798 \begin_inset Graphics
23799 filename ../images/math/font.png
23803 (alternatively the shortcut
23806 \begin_inset Space ~
23812 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
23813 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
23814 Here is an example:
23815 \begin_inset Formula \[
23817 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
23818 -x & \textrm{unter Umständen}\end{cases}\]
23825 \begin_layout Subsection
23830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23839 \begin_layout Standard
23840 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
23841 automatically chosen in most situations.
23859 For most characters,
23867 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
23868 and certain other structures, are set larger in
23873 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
23874 situations, all text will be set in the styles as LaTeX thinks is appropriate.
23875 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
23876 \begin_inset Graphics
23877 filename ../images/math/style.png
23882 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
23883 For example, you can set
23884 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
23887 , which is normally in
23896 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
23900 The four styles are used in the following example:
23903 \begin_layout Standard
23904 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
23908 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
23912 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
23916 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
23922 \begin_layout Standard
23923 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
23924 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
23926 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23928 \begin_inset Space ~
23933 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
23934 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
23935 will be adjusted to correspond.
23936 As example a formula in the font size
23937 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23941 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23947 \begin_layout Standard
23951 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
23957 \begin_layout Section
23961 \begin_layout Standard
23962 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
23963 the document classes and into layout modules.
23967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23973 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
23974 other than the AMS classes.
23976 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23978 reference "sub:Modules"
23982 for more on layout modules.
23985 \begin_layout Section
23990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24009 \begin_layout Standard
24010 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
24011 (AMS) that are in common use.
24014 \begin_layout Subsection
24015 Enabling AMS-Support
24018 \begin_layout Standard
24019 Selecting the checkbox
24022 \begin_inset Space ~
24026 \begin_inset Space ~
24030 \begin_inset Space ~
24037 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24045 Document ! Settings
24053 \begin_inset Space ~
24058 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
24060 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
24061 formulas, assure that you have enabled AMS.
24064 \begin_layout Subsection
24066 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24068 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24077 Math ! Multi-line Equations
24085 \begin_layout Standard
24086 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
24087 LyX allows you to choose between
24108 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
24111 \begin_layout Chapter
24115 \begin_layout Section
24120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24127 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24129 name "sec:Cross-References"
24136 \begin_layout Standard
24137 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
24138 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
24140 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
24141 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
24142 We want for example refer to the the second item of the following list:
24145 \begin_layout Enumerate
24149 \begin_layout Enumerate
24150 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24152 name "enu:Second-item"
24159 \begin_layout Enumerate
24163 \begin_layout Standard
24164 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
24166 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24169 or the by pressing the toolbar button
24170 \begin_inset Graphics
24171 filename ../images/label-insert.png
24177 A grey label box like this:
24178 \begin_inset Graphics
24179 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
24184 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
24185 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
24187 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24195 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24200 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24208 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24212 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24216 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24220 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.g.
24221 if you insert a label to a section heading, the prefix will be
24222 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24230 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24236 \begin_layout Standard
24237 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
24239 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24242 or the toolbar button
24243 \begin_inset Graphics
24244 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
24250 A grey cross-reference box like this:
24251 \begin_inset Graphics
24252 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
24257 is inserted and the cross-reference window appear showing all labels of
24259 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
24260 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24268 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24272 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
24274 Here is our cross-reference:
24277 \begin_layout Standard
24279 \begin_inset Space ~
24283 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24285 reference "enu:Second-item"
24292 \begin_layout Standard
24293 It is recommended to use a protected space
24297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24298 described in section
24299 \begin_inset Space ~
24303 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24305 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
24314 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly linebreaks
24318 \begin_layout Standard
24319 There are six varieties of cross-references:
24322 \begin_layout Description
24323 <reference>: prints the float number, this is the default:
24324 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24326 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24333 \begin_layout Description
24334 (<reference>): prints the float number within two parentheses, this is the
24335 style normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference
24337 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24341 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24345 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24347 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24354 \begin_layout Description
24355 <page>: prints the page number: Page
24356 \begin_inset Space ~
24360 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24361 LatexCommand pageref
24362 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24369 \begin_layout Description
24371 \begin_inset Space ~
24375 \begin_inset Space ~
24378 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
24379 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24380 LatexCommand vpageref
24381 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24388 \begin_layout Description
24390 \begin_inset Space ~
24394 \begin_inset Space ~
24398 \begin_inset Space ~
24401 <page>: prints the float number, the text "on page", and the page number:
24403 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24405 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24412 \begin_layout Description
24414 \begin_inset Space ~
24417 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
24418 \begin_inset Newline newline
24422 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24430 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
24436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24437 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
24452 \begin_layout Standard
24453 Note that the style <page> won't print the page number if the label is on
24454 the previous, the same, or the next page.
24456 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
24460 \begin_inset Space ~
24464 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24472 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24478 \begin_layout Standard
24479 The number and current page of the referred document part in the output,
24480 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
24481 The varieties are adjusted in the field
24485 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
24489 \begin_layout Standard
24490 You can only use the style
24494 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
24498 is always possible.
24501 \begin_layout Standard
24502 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading,
24503 to reference a float, put the label in the caption.
24504 For footnotes you can put the label somewhere in it.
24505 Referencing formulas is explained in section
24506 \begin_inset Space ~
24510 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24512 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
24519 \begin_layout Standard
24523 \begin_inset Space ~
24527 \begin_inset Space ~
24532 in the cross-reference window sets the the cursor before the referred label.
24533 The button text changes then to
24536 \begin_inset Space ~
24541 and you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
24542 Right-clicking on a cross-reference box also sets the cursor before the
24543 referred label but without a possibility to go back.
24547 \begin_layout Standard
24548 You can change labels at any time by clicking on the label box.
24549 References to the changed label will automatically change its link to the
24550 new label text, so that you don't need to take care about this.
24553 \begin_layout Standard
24554 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existing label, you'll see two question
24555 marks in the output instead of the reference.
24558 \begin_layout Standard
24559 References are described in detail in the
24566 \begin_layout Section
24567 Table of Contents and other Listings
24571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24588 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24597 \begin_layout Subsection
24598 Table of Contents and Outline
24599 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24601 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
24608 \begin_layout Standard
24609 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
24611 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24612 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24614 \begin_inset Space ~
24618 \begin_inset Space ~
24624 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
24625 If you click on it, the TOC window appears, showing you the TOC entries.
24626 You can jump to a document part by clicking on an entry.
24627 Thus you can use this window as graphical alternative for the
24634 \begin_layout Standard
24635 The TOC lists every numbered section automatically.
24636 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
24638 \begin_inset Space ~
24642 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24644 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
24648 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
24650 \begin_inset Space ~
24654 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24656 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
24660 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
24662 You can also adjust the level for the displayed sections in the TOC window
24663 using the grey fader at the bottom of the window.
24664 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
24667 \begin_layout Standard
24668 You can use the TOC window also as outline to move and rearrange sections
24670 The TOC window therefore also appears when you use the menu
24672 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24678 \begin_layout Subsection
24679 List of Figures, Tables and Algorithms
24680 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24689 \begin_layout Standard
24690 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
24691 You can insert them via the
24693 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24695 \begin_inset Space ~
24699 \begin_inset Space ~
24705 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
24708 \begin_layout Section
24709 URLs and Hyperlinks
24713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24730 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24739 \begin_layout Subsection
24743 \begin_layout Standard
24744 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
24746 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24752 \begin_layout Standard
24753 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
24754 \begin_inset Flex URL
24757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24767 \begin_layout Standard
24768 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
24774 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
24778 \begin_layout Standard
24779 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24787 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
24795 \begin_layout Subsection
24799 \begin_layout Standard
24800 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
24802 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24805 or with the toolbar button
24806 \begin_inset Graphics
24807 filename ../images/href-insert.png
24808 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
24813 The appearing dialog has two fields:
24822 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
24823 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
24824 \begin_inset CommandInset href
24826 name "LyX's homepage"
24827 target "http://www.lyx.org"
24831 , an Email address like this:
24832 \begin_inset CommandInset href
24834 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
24835 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
24840 , or a link to a file.
24843 \begin_layout Standard
24844 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
24846 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24854 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24857 to the link target.
24860 \begin_layout Standard
24861 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
24862 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
24863 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
24864 the text style dialog.
24865 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
24869 \begin_inset CommandInset href
24871 name "LyX's homepage"
24872 target "http://www.lyx.org"
24879 \begin_layout Standard
24880 The link text color can be changed, when the option
24884 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
24886 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24887 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24891 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
24893 \begin_inset Newline newline
24901 \begin_inset Newline newline
24908 in the PDF Properties dialog.
24911 \begin_layout Section
24916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24923 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24925 name "sec:Appendices"
24932 \begin_layout Standard
24933 Appendices are created with the menu
24935 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24937 \begin_inset Space ~
24941 \begin_inset Space ~
24947 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
24948 as appendix region.
24949 The region is marked with a red borderline.
24952 \begin_layout Standard
24953 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
24954 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
24955 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
24956 and the subsection number.
24957 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
24961 \begin_layout Standard
24963 \begin_inset Space ~
24967 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24969 reference "cha:Credits"
24974 \begin_inset Space ~
24978 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24980 reference "sub:Export"
24987 \begin_layout Section
24992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24999 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25001 name "sec:Bibliography"
25008 \begin_layout Standard
25009 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
25010 You can include a bibliography database
25014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25015 Known under the name
25016 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25020 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25028 , which is explained in the next subsection or you can insert the bibliography
25030 For the second method we use the paragraph environment
25034 , described in section
25035 \begin_inset Space ~
25039 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25041 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
25048 \begin_layout Standard
25053 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
25055 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
25064 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
25066 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
25068 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25072 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25075 , a short form of its title, as key.
25078 \begin_layout Standard
25079 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
25081 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25084 or the toobar button
25085 \begin_inset Graphics
25086 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
25087 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25092 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
25093 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
25094 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
25095 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
25099 \begin_layout Standard
25100 Citation references appear in the output as number of the bibliography entry
25101 with surrounding brackets.
25106 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
25107 Here two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
25109 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25113 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25119 \begin_layout Standard
25122 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
25125 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25127 key "latexcompanion"
25134 \begin_layout Standard
25135 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
25136 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25145 \begin_layout Subsection
25146 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
25150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25151 Bibliography ! Databases
25160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25161 Bibliography ! BibTeX
25167 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25169 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
25176 \begin_layout Standard
25177 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
25179 It makes it also very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
25181 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
25182 your working field in a database.
25183 This database can be used for different documents, because only the referenced
25184 entries of the database will appear in the bibliography list.
25187 \begin_layout Standard
25188 The database is a text file with the file extension
25189 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25197 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25200 containing the bibliography in a special format.
25201 The format is explained in LaTeX books (
25202 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25204 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
25209 Normally one uses a special program to create and edit entries of the database.
25211 \begin_inset Newline newline
25215 \begin_inset Flex URL
25218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25220 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
25226 \begin_inset Newline newline
25229 you find a list of programs for bibliography databases.
25232 \begin_layout Standard
25233 To use a database, use the menu
25235 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25240 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25253 \begin_inset Space ~
25259 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
25260 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
25263 \begin_layout Standard
25264 The style file is a text file with the file extension
25265 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25273 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25276 that declares the layout of all bibliography entries.
25277 Many publishers provide special style files, so that you don't have to
25278 take care of the layout.
25281 \begin_layout Standard
25282 Inserting a citation reference works like described above.
25285 \begin_layout Standard
25286 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
25292 \begin_layout Standard
25293 To generate the bibliography from a database, the program BibTeX is used
25295 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
25306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25329 \begin_inset Space ~
25335 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
25343 \begin_layout Standard
25344 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
25350 \begin_layout Standard
25351 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
25352 the two methods of creating them.
25353 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
25354 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
25355 We used the style file
25359 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
25362 \begin_layout Subsection
25363 Bibliography layout
25367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25368 Bibliography ! Layout
25376 \begin_layout Standard
25377 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
25378 For this feature you need to use the option
25384 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25392 Document ! Settings
25402 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
25403 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
25404 in the previous section.
25407 \begin_layout Standard
25408 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
25409 in the citation reference window.
25410 Here an example where we set the text
25411 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25415 \begin_inset Space ~
25419 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25422 to appear after the reference:
25425 \begin_layout Standard
25427 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25430 key "latexcompanion"
25437 \begin_layout Section
25442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25449 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25458 \begin_layout Standard
25459 An index entry is created if you use the menu
25461 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25463 \begin_inset Space ~
25468 or the toolbar button
25469 \begin_inset Graphics
25470 filename ../images/index-insert.png
25471 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25477 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25485 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25488 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
25489 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
25490 by LyX as index entry.
25493 \begin_layout Standard
25494 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
25495 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
25497 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25499 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
25506 \begin_layout Standard
25507 You can change index entries by clicking on the index box.
25510 \begin_layout Standard
25511 The index list is inserted to the document with the menu
25513 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25515 \begin_inset Space ~
25519 \begin_inset Space ~
25522 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25524 \begin_inset Space ~
25530 A light blue box labeled
25531 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25539 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25542 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
25543 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
25546 \begin_layout Subsection
25547 Grouping Index Entries
25551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25560 \begin_layout Standard
25561 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
25563 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
25564 lists under the entry
25565 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25569 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25573 First we create the entry
25574 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25578 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25582 \begin_inset Space ~
25586 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25588 reference "sub:Lists"
25593 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
25594 \begin_inset Space ~
25598 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25600 reference "sec:Itemize"
25604 , we insert the command
25607 \begin_layout Standard
25613 \begin_layout Standard
25617 \begin_layout Standard
25623 \begin_layout Standard
25624 for the enumerated list in section
25625 \begin_inset Space ~
25629 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25631 reference "sec:Enumerate"
25638 \begin_layout Standard
25639 The exclamation mark
25640 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25644 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25647 marks the grouping levels.
25648 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
25649 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
25650 If we don't have an index entry for
25651 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25655 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25658 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
25661 \begin_layout Subsection
25666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25667 Index ! Page ranges
25675 \begin_layout Standard
25676 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
25678 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
25679 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
25681 \begin_inset Space ~
25685 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25687 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
25694 \begin_layout Standard
25697 Paragraph environments|(
25700 \begin_layout Standard
25701 and another entry at the end of section
25702 \begin_inset Space ~
25706 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25708 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
25715 \begin_layout Standard
25718 Paragraph environments|)
25721 \begin_layout Standard
25723 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25731 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25735 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25743 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25746 respectively starts and ends the index range.
25747 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
25748 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
25749 the pages of the indexed document parts.
25750 An example is the index entry
25751 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25754 Document ! Settings
25755 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25761 \begin_layout Subsection
25766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25767 Index ! Cross referencing
25775 \begin_layout Standard
25776 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
25777 We referred for example in the index entry
25778 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25782 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25786 \begin_inset Space ~
25790 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25792 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
25796 ) to the index entry
25797 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25801 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25804 in the same section using the entry
25807 \begin_layout Standard
25810 GIF|see{Image formats}
25813 \begin_layout Standard
25814 Where the braces have to be inserted as ERT.
25815 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
25816 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
25819 \begin_layout Subsection
25824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25825 Index ! Entry order
25833 \begin_layout Standard
25834 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
25835 then not follow the rules for the index order.
25836 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
25840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25841 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
25843 \begin_inset Space ~
25847 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25849 reference "sub:Index-Program"
25858 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
25859 We created as example the three dummy index entries
25860 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25864 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25868 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25872 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25876 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25880 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25888 Dummy entries ! maïs
25897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25898 Dummy entries ! maître
25907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25908 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
25913 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
25914 order maïs, maison, maître.
25915 To achieve this, we use the command
25918 \begin_layout Standard
25921 previous entry@current entry
25924 \begin_layout Standard
25925 In our case we want to have
25926 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25930 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25934 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25938 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25941 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
25944 \begin_layout Standard
25950 \begin_layout Standard
25951 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
25952 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
25956 \begin_layout Subsection
25961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25962 Index ! Entry layout
25970 \begin_layout Standard
25971 You can change the appearance of insert entries via the textstyle dialog.
25975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25976 Dummy entries ! This@
25978 This is an italic entry at the correct position
25987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25990 This is an italic entry at the wrong position
25995 LyX will then in the background add commands for the layout that destroy
25997 To avoid that our index entry appears as the first one, we use the following
26001 \begin_layout Standard
26006 This is an italic entry
26009 \begin_layout Standard
26010 You can also format the page number using the character
26011 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26015 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26018 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
26019 We can write for example
26022 \begin_layout Standard
26025 old-style page number:|oldstylenums
26028 \begin_layout Standard
26029 to get the page number in an old-style layout.
26033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26034 Dummy entries ! old-style page number:|oldstylenums
26039 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
26041 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26049 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26057 \begin_inset Space ~
26063 Have a look at section
26064 \begin_inset Space ~
26068 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26070 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26074 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
26077 \begin_layout Standard
26078 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
26080 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
26081 for all index entries.
26084 \begin_layout Subsection
26089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26096 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26098 name "sub:Index-Program"
26105 \begin_layout Standard
26106 LyX uses for the index generation by default the program
26111 It can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences dialog,
26113 \begin_inset Space ~
26117 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26119 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
26124 The available options are listed and explained in
26125 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26134 \begin_layout Standard
26135 You can also specify there another program to generate the index, for example
26144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26153 \begin_layout Section
26154 Nomenclature / Glossary
26158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26197 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26199 name "sec:Nomenclature"
26206 \begin_layout Standard
26207 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
26208 document with a brief explanation of them -- a so called nomenclature or
26212 \begin_layout Standard
26213 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
26219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26220 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
26228 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
26229 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26235 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
26238 \begin_layout Standard
26239 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
26240 and then use the menu
26242 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26248 \begin_inset Space ~
26253 or the toobar button
26254 \begin_inset Graphics
26255 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
26256 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
26262 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26270 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26273 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
26276 \begin_layout Standard
26277 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
26278 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
26279 The second is the description of the symbol.
26282 \begin_layout Standard
26283 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26291 Like for the index entry dialog, you have to enter valid LaTeX-code for
26292 all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
26300 \begin_layout Subsection
26301 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
26305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26306 Nomenclature ! Layout
26314 \begin_layout Standard
26315 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
26319 field as LaTeX-formula.
26321 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26325 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26329 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26333 \begin_inset Newline newline
26341 \begin_inset Newline newline
26347 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26351 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26354 character hereby starts/ends the formula.
26355 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
26357 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26363 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26367 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
26377 \begin_layout Standard
26378 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
26379 \begin_inset Space ~
26383 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26385 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26392 \begin_layout Standard
26396 \begin_inset Space ~
26401 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
26402 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
26403 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26407 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26411 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26414 in this document is:
26415 \begin_inset Newline newline
26420 dummy entry for the character
26425 \begin_inset Newline newline
26437 \begin_inset Space ~
26447 font use the command
26476 \begin_layout Subsection
26477 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
26481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26482 Nomenclature ! Sort order
26490 \begin_layout Standard
26491 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
26492 the symbol definition.
26493 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
26494 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
26497 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
26498 LatexCommand nomenclature
26500 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
26507 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26511 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
26512 LatexCommand nomenclature
26515 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
26520 They will be sorted by
26521 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26529 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26533 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26543 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26547 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26550 will be sorted before the
26554 since the character
26555 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26559 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26562 is considered in sorting.
26565 \begin_layout Standard
26566 To control the sort order, you can edit the
26569 \begin_inset Space ~
26574 field of the nomenclature dialog.
26575 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
26577 For the given example, you can insert
26581 to this field for the
26582 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26589 will be located before
26590 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26596 \begin_layout Standard
26597 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
26602 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26611 \begin_layout Subsection
26612 Nomenclature Options
26616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26617 Nomenclature ! Options
26625 \begin_layout Standard
26630 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
26631 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
26634 \begin_layout Description
26635 refeq Appends the phrase
26636 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26648 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26651 to every nomenclature entry, where
26657 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
26660 \begin_layout Description
26661 refpage Appends the phrase
26662 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26674 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26677 to every nomenclature entry, where
26683 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
26686 \begin_layout Description
26687 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
26690 \begin_layout Standard
26691 There are furthermore the options
26735 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
26739 \begin_layout Standard
26740 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
26741 class options list in the
26743 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26747 In this document the options
26758 \begin_layout Standard
26759 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
26765 \begin_layout Standard
26766 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
26767 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
26772 field in the nomenclature dialog:
26775 \begin_layout Description
26785 \begin_layout Description
26788 nomrefpage Like the
26795 \begin_layout Description
26798 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
26807 \begin_layout Description
26811 \begin_inset Space ~
26817 \begin_inset Space ~
26822 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
26825 \begin_layout Subsection
26826 Printing the Nomenclature
26830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26831 Nomenclature ! Printing
26839 \begin_layout Standard
26840 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
26842 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26844 \begin_inset Space ~
26848 \begin_inset Space ~
26851 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26855 A light blue box labeled
26856 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26864 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26867 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
26868 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
26871 \begin_layout Standard
26872 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
26873 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26877 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26881 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
26889 For example, in order to change the name to
26893 , add the following line to the preamble:
26896 \begin_layout Standard
26904 nomname}{List of Symbols}
26907 \begin_layout Standard
26908 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
26914 \begin_layout Standard
26915 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
26916 by adding the following line to the preamble:
26919 \begin_layout Standard
26927 nomlabelwidth}{width}
26930 \begin_layout Standard
26933 Where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix
26934 \begin_inset Space ~
26938 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26940 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
26945 The default value is 1
26946 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
26952 \begin_layout Section
26957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26968 Document ! Branches
26974 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26976 name "sec:Branches"
26983 \begin_layout Standard
26984 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
26985 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
26986 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
26987 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
26990 \begin_layout Standard
26991 For these cases LyX offers to put text into branches.
26992 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
26993 To create a branch, go in the
26995 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27003 The name of the branch, its activation state and the background color of
27004 the branches inside LyX can be specified in this dialog.
27007 \begin_layout Standard
27008 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
27009 These boxes are inserted via the menu
27011 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27014 where you can choose a branch.
27015 You can later change the branch of the boxes by right-clicking on them.
27018 \begin_layout Standard
27019 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
27020 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
27023 \begin_layout Standard
27024 \begin_inset Branch Question
27027 \begin_layout Standard
27028 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
27036 \begin_layout Standard
27037 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27040 \begin_layout Standard
27041 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
27049 \begin_layout Standard
27050 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27056 \begin_layout Standard
27057 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
27058 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
27060 For example you can define for the question branch
27064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27065 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
27066 \begin_inset Space ~
27070 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27072 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27084 \begin_layout Standard
27094 \begin_layout Standard
27104 \begin_layout Standard
27105 and for the answer branch
27108 \begin_layout Standard
27118 \begin_layout Standard
27128 \begin_layout Standard
27129 \begin_inset Branch Question
27132 \begin_layout Standard
27136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27164 \begin_layout Standard
27165 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27168 \begin_layout Standard
27172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27200 \begin_layout Standard
27201 Now it is possible to use the commands
27205 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27212 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27215 to obtain conditional output.
27216 Here is an example formula where only the
27223 \begin_inset Formula \[
27224 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question {x_{1}}\answer {x_{2}}=1\question {+\sqrt{3}}\answer {-\sqrt{3}}.\]
27231 \begin_layout Standard
27232 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see section
27233 \begin_inset Space ~
27237 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27239 reference "sec:math-macros"
27246 \begin_layout Section
27247 ERT and the LaTeX Syntax
27248 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27257 \begin_layout Subsection
27262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27269 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27271 name "sub:ERT-Boxes"
27278 \begin_layout Standard
27279 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
27280 constructs, but not all.
27281 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
27282 Every month many packages are updated and new ones added.
27283 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything, for every
27284 problem exists a LaTeX-package.
27285 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all these packages
27286 and their commands.
27289 \begin_layout Standard
27290 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
27293 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27297 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27300 , evil because LyX is designed to avoid that you have to use LaTeX-commands.
27301 An ERT box is created by the menu
27303 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27306 or by the toolbar button
27307 \begin_inset Graphics
27308 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
27313 The box itself can be displayed in three different styles:
27326 To change the style, right-click on the box and use the appearing dialog.
27327 Left-clicking on the box will switch between
27338 \begin_layout Standard
27339 You can insert complete or incomplete commands into ERT.
27340 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
27341 For example you want to draw a frame around a word and uses therefore the
27348 , you can write the command part
27354 in an ERT box before the word and the closing brace
27358 in a second ERT box behind the word.
27359 The word between the two ERT boxes is then the argument as it is in the
27363 \begin_layout Standard
27364 \begin_inset Graphics
27365 filename clipart/ERT.png
27373 \begin_layout Standard
27377 \begin_layout Standard
27378 This is a line with a
27382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27405 \begin_layout Standard
27406 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
27409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27414 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
27415 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
27423 \begin_layout Subsection
27424 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
27425 \begin_inset OptArg
27428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27445 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27447 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27454 \begin_layout Standard
27455 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
27456 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
27457 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
27458 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27462 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27466 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
27467 every time if you know the right commands.
27469 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is at
27470 the end of the day.
27471 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
27472 all caption labels bold.
27473 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
27475 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels by hand in one day.
27478 \begin_layout Standard
27479 Now LaTeX comes into play.
27480 As written above, for every problem exists a LaTeX-package.
27481 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
27483 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27492 \begin_layout Standard
27493 As result you know that the package
27501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27502 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! caption
27508 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
27510 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27516 \begin_layout Standard
27521 usepackage[options]{package name}
27524 \begin_layout Standard
27525 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
27526 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
27527 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
27530 \begin_layout Standard
27531 In your case the package name is
27536 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
27541 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
27542 So you add the command
27545 \begin_layout Standard
27550 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
27553 \begin_layout Standard
27554 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
27558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27559 For more commands provided by the
27563 package, have a look at its documentation,
27564 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27578 \begin_layout Standard
27579 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
27581 For example if you use a
27585 class, you don't need the package
27589 , you can instead write
27592 \begin_layout Standard
27597 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
27602 \begin_layout Standard
27603 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
27604 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
27605 documentation of the document class you want to use.
27612 is an example for a command with more than one argument.)
27615 \begin_layout Standard
27616 Commands in the preamble affects the whole document, while commands in the
27617 text affects only the text after the command or only the text used as command
27619 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the ERT box as described in the
27623 \begin_layout Standard
27624 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
27626 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27628 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
27636 \begin_layout Section
27637 Previewing Snippets of your Document
27641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27648 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27650 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
27658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27667 \begin_layout Standard
27668 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
27669 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
27670 to break your train of thought with
27672 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27678 \begin_layout Standard
27679 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
27680 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
27686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27687 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
27694 as explained below, and turn on
27697 \begin_inset Space ~
27704 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27710 \begin_inset Space ~
27714 \begin_inset Space ~
27717 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27723 \begin_layout Standard
27724 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
27726 Previews of an already loaded document are
27730 generated just by selecting the
27733 \begin_inset Space ~
27738 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
27741 \begin_layout Standard
27742 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
27743 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
27746 \begin_inset Space ~
27751 check box in the insert dialog.
27752 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
27756 \begin_layout Standard
27757 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
27761 (on some systems named simply
27766 In case it is not already installed, you find it in the TeX Catalogue,
27768 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27774 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
27775 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
27783 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
27787 \begin_layout Standard
27788 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27794 \begin_layout Standard
27795 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
27799 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27801 \begin_inset Space ~
27806 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
27807 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
27809 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
27810 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
27811 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
27812 the source view window.
27815 \begin_layout Section
27817 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27819 name "sec:Spellchecking"
27827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27836 \begin_layout Standard
27837 LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
27838 Rather it uses one of the external programs
27855 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
27861 can be seen as successor of
27865 , so that it is recommended to use aspell.
27870 is a Hebrew spell-checker.
27871 The used spell checker ind its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
27879 \begin_layout Standard
27880 For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
27881 greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
27888 \begin_layout Standard
27891 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27894 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
27895 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
27896 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
27897 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
27898 scrolled so that it is visible.
27903 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
27905 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
27909 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
27910 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
27913 \begin_layout Standard
27914 By default, the used dictionary file is determined by the document language
27917 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27921 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, spell checking
27922 will bring an error message.
27923 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
27924 specifying a different
27926 Alternative language
27928 in preferences dialog.
27931 \begin_layout Standard
27932 After a spell check you'll informed about the number of checked words.
27935 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
27939 \begin_layout Standard
27940 It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
27941 rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
27943 But you can use the
27946 \begin_inset Space ~
27950 \begin_inset Space ~
27958 \begin_layout Standard
27959 LyX cannot correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
27960 This does work with
27964 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
27967 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
27971 \begin_layout Standard
27976 section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
27979 \begin_layout Description
27981 \begin_inset Space ~
27984 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
27985 should consider, e.g.
27986 German umlauts although you spell check English document.
27987 This should not normally be needed.
27990 \begin_layout Description
27992 \begin_inset Space ~
27995 dictionary to use a different file than the spell checker's default choice
27996 as your personal dictionary
27999 \begin_layout Description
28001 \begin_inset Space ~
28005 \begin_inset Space ~
28008 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
28010 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28014 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28020 \begin_layout Description
28022 \begin_inset Space ~
28026 \begin_inset Space ~
28029 encoding Uses the document encoding that is set in the
28031 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28038 also for the spellchecker.
28042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28043 The encodings are explained in section
28044 \begin_inset Space ~
28048 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28050 reference "sub:Settings"
28059 Only enable this if you use
28063 and can't spell check words with international letters in them.
28064 There have been reports that this does not work with all dictionaries,
28065 so this is disabled by default.
28068 \begin_layout Section
28073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28080 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28082 name "sec:Thesaurus"
28089 \begin_layout Standard
28090 Thesaurus currently only works when you use the document language English.
28093 \begin_layout Standard
28094 To start the thesaurus, highlight one word or set the cursor behind it,
28097 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28100 or the toolbar button
28101 \begin_inset Graphics
28102 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
28103 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28104 rotateOrigin center
28109 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
28113 \begin_layout Standard
28114 The shown related words are in many cases not really related to the word
28115 you are currently checking, scrolling in the shown list might help in some
28116 cases to find related words.
28119 \begin_layout Standard
28120 The thesaurus only works for single words, and also only when it is in the
28122 For example starting the thesaurus with the word
28123 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28127 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28130 leads to no results, while results are shown for the word
28131 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28135 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28139 To avoid this, you can highlight only the part
28140 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28144 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28148 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28152 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28158 \begin_layout Section
28163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28174 Document ! Change Tracking
28180 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28182 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
28189 \begin_layout Standard
28190 When you work on a document together with many people it is extremely useful
28191 to see changes others made highlighted in the document.
28192 You can then decide if you accept a change or not.
28193 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
28195 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28197 \begin_inset Space ~
28200 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28202 \begin_inset Space ~
28210 \begin_layout Standard
28211 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by colors:
28220 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
28223 \begin_inset Space ~
28227 \begin_inset Space ~
28240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28249 \begin_layout Standard
28250 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
28254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28263 \begin_layout Standard
28264 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28270 \begin_layout Standard
28271 \begin_inset Graphics
28272 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
28279 \begin_layout Standard
28280 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28286 \begin_layout Standard
28287 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
28291 \begin_layout Standard
28292 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28298 \begin_layout Standard
28299 \begin_inset Tabular
28300 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
28301 <features islongtable="true">
28302 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
28303 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
28304 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28309 \begin_inset Graphics
28310 filename ../images/changes-track.png
28311 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28312 rotateOrigin center
28321 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28327 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28329 \begin_inset Space ~
28332 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28334 \begin_inset Space ~
28343 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28348 \begin_inset Graphics
28349 filename ../images/changes-output.png
28350 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28351 rotateOrigin center
28360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28366 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28368 \begin_inset Space ~
28371 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28373 \begin_inset Space ~
28377 \begin_inset Space ~
28381 \begin_inset Space ~
28390 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28395 \begin_inset Graphics
28396 filename ../images/change-next.png
28397 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28398 rotateOrigin center
28407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28411 Jumps to the next change
28417 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28422 \begin_inset Graphics
28423 filename ../images/change-accept.png
28424 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28425 rotateOrigin center
28434 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28440 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28442 \begin_inset Space ~
28445 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28447 \begin_inset Space ~
28456 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28461 \begin_inset Graphics
28462 filename ../images/change-reject.png
28463 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28464 rotateOrigin center
28473 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28479 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28481 \begin_inset Space ~
28484 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28486 \begin_inset Space ~
28495 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28500 \begin_inset Graphics
28501 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
28502 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28503 rotateOrigin center
28512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28518 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28520 \begin_inset Space ~
28523 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28525 \begin_inset Space ~
28534 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28539 \begin_inset Graphics
28540 filename ../images/all-changes-accept.png
28541 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28542 rotateOrigin center
28551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28557 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28559 \begin_inset Space ~
28562 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28564 \begin_inset Space ~
28568 \begin_inset Space ~
28577 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28582 \begin_inset Graphics
28583 filename ../images/all-changes-reject.png
28584 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28585 rotateOrigin center
28594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28600 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28602 \begin_inset Space ~
28605 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28607 \begin_inset Space ~
28611 \begin_inset Space ~
28620 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28621 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28625 \begin_inset Graphics
28626 filename ../images/note-insert.png
28627 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28628 rotateOrigin center
28637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28643 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28644 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28646 \begin_inset Space ~
28655 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28660 \begin_inset Graphics
28661 filename ../images/note-next.png
28662 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28663 rotateOrigin center
28672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28678 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28680 \begin_inset Space ~
28696 \begin_layout Standard
28697 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28703 \begin_layout Standard
28704 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes -- highlight
28705 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
28706 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you informations about
28707 the next change behind the current cursor position.
28708 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
28709 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
28710 step to the next change.
28711 This way you can jump through all changes of the document.
28714 \begin_layout Standard
28715 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
28716 to describe a change.
28719 \begin_layout Standard
28720 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
28726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28727 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
28735 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
28736 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28742 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
28745 \begin_layout Section
28746 International Support
28750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28751 International support
28759 \begin_layout Standard
28760 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
28761 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
28762 how to set up LyX to use them:
28763 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28765 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
28772 \begin_layout Standard
28773 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
28774 \begin_inset Space ~
28778 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28780 reference "sub:Special-Character"
28787 \begin_layout Subsection
28792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28803 Document ! Settings
28812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28813 Document ! Language
28821 \begin_layout Standard
28824 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28827 dialog lets you set
28829 the language and character encoding for your language.
28833 \begin_layout Standard
28834 Choose your language in the
28838 section of this dialog.
28846 \begin_layout Standard
28851 box lets you choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX
28855 use language's default encoding
28857 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
28858 For details abhout the different encoding options see section
28859 \begin_inset Space ~
28863 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28865 reference "sub:Settings"
28872 \begin_layout Subsection
28873 Keyboard mapping configuration
28876 \begin_layout Standard
28877 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a different
28878 language than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
28879 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
28880 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
28881 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
28883 \begin_inset Space ~
28887 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28889 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
28894 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
28895 which one you want to use.
28898 \begin_layout Standard
28899 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
28900 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
28901 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
28902 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
28903 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
28904 one to support the characters you want.
28905 This and much more customizations are explained in the
28912 \begin_layout Subsection
28914 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28923 \begin_layout Standard
28925 \begin_inset Space ~
28929 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28931 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
28940 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
28944 \begin_layout Standard
28945 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
28946 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
28954 \begin_layout Itemize
28955 Even if you have selected
28961 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28964 dialog, users who have only the
28968 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
28972 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
28973 DE, FE, AB, and BB -- the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
28974 french quotes won't show up.
28977 \begin_layout Standard
28978 \begin_inset Float table
28983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28984 \begin_inset Caption
28986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28987 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28989 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
29005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29007 \begin_inset Tabular
29008 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
29010 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29011 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29012 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29013 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29014 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29015 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29016 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29017 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29018 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29019 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29020 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29021 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29022 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29023 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29024 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29025 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29026 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29109 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29127 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29181 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29199 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29235 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29406 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29518 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29589 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29778 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29795 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29831 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29858 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29879 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29904 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29921 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29955 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29972 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30224 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30233 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30373 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30467 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30685 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30736 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30745 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30754 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30780 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30797 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30831 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30903 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30920 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30937 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30954 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31049 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31129 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31138 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31249 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31398 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31415 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31518 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31769 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31778 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31795 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31900 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31909 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31918 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31935 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32029 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32089 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32178 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32212 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32455 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32508 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32645 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32682 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32691 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32768 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32820 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33089 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33140 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33194 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33212 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33409 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33439 \begin_layout Standard
33440 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
33442 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
33443 also the characters from
33455 \begin_layout Itemize
33464 \begin_layout Standard
33465 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
33466 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
33472 \begin_layout Standard
33473 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
33474 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
33480 \begin_layout Standard
33481 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
33482 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
33488 \begin_layout Standard
33489 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
33490 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
33496 \begin_layout Standard
33498 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
33504 \begin_layout Standard
33506 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
33512 \begin_layout Standard
33514 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
33521 \begin_layout Itemize
33534 \begin_layout Standard
33536 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
33542 \begin_layout Standard
33544 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
33550 \begin_layout Standard
33552 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
33558 \begin_layout Standard
33560 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
33566 \begin_layout Standard
33568 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
33574 \begin_layout Standard
33576 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
33583 \begin_layout Standard
33584 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
33585 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
33586 Also make sure you're using the
33593 \begin_layout Chapter
33596 \begin_inset CommandInset label
33598 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
33605 \begin_layout Standard
33606 This appendix lists all available menus and describes its functionality.
33607 It is designed as quick reference if you are searching for a special topic
33608 inside the user's guide.
33611 \begin_layout Section
33616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33625 \begin_layout Standard
33630 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
33631 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
33634 \begin_layout Subsection
33638 \begin_layout Standard
33639 Creates a new document.
33642 \begin_layout Subsection
33646 \begin_layout Standard
33647 This menu prompts you for a template to use.
33648 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
33649 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
33652 \begin_layout Subsection
33656 \begin_layout Standard
33660 \begin_layout Subsection
33664 \begin_layout Standard
33665 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
33666 Click there on a file to open it.
33669 \begin_layout Subsection
33673 \begin_layout Standard
33674 Closes the current document.
33677 \begin_layout Subsection
33681 \begin_layout Standard
33682 Saves the actual document.
33685 \begin_layout Subsection
33689 \begin_layout Standard
33690 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
33693 \begin_layout Subsection
33697 \begin_layout Standard
33698 Reloads the actual document from disk.
33701 \begin_layout Subsection
33705 \begin_layout Standard
33706 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
33707 It is described in the section
33709 Version Control in LyX
33714 \begin_inset Space ~
33722 \begin_layout Subsection
33726 \begin_layout Standard
33727 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, LaTeX-files and plain
33728 text files (ASCII-files).
33729 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
33732 \begin_layout Standard
33733 When using the menu
33736 \begin_inset Space ~
33740 \begin_inset Space ~
33745 , all lines will be imported consecutively to one big paragraph.
33746 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
33747 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
33748 will start a new paragraph.
33751 \begin_layout Subsection
33753 \begin_inset CommandInset label
33762 \begin_layout Standard
33763 You can export your document to various file formats.
33764 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
33765 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
33766 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
33769 \begin_layout Standard
33770 Here is a list of all available entries; they are explained in detail in
33772 \begin_inset Space ~
33776 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33778 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
33785 \begin_layout Description
33789 \begin_inset Space ~
33794 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
33795 (CJK); (Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.)
33798 \begin_layout Description
33806 \begin_layout Description
33807 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and doesn't
33811 \begin_layout Description
33813 \begin_inset Space ~
33817 \begin_inset Space ~
33820 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
33824 , as consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and not
33832 \begin_layout Description
33839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33847 \begin_inset Space ~
33852 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
33853 will be converted to a format that is readable for the
33857 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
33860 \begin_layout Description
33867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33875 \begin_inset Space ~
33880 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
33881 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
33889 \begin_layout Description
33891 \begin_inset Space ~
33894 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable for the LyX versions 1.y.x (
33895 \begin_inset Quotes eld
33899 \begin_inset Quotes erd
33902 is replaced by the version number)
33905 \begin_layout Description
33906 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
33919 (the OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and doesn't work in
33923 \begin_layout Description
33928 PDF-format using the program
33933 \begin_layout Description
33937 \begin_inset Space ~
33942 PDF-format using the program
33947 \begin_layout Description
33951 \begin_inset Space ~
33956 PDF-format using the program
33961 \begin_layout Description
33965 \begin_inset Space ~
33973 \begin_layout Description
33977 \begin_inset Space ~
33981 \begin_inset Space ~
33986 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
33987 and then exported as text using the program
33992 \begin_layout Description
33997 PostScript format using the program
34002 \begin_layout Description
34010 \begin_layout Standard
34015 produces internally a dvi-file which is then converted to a pdf-file.
34016 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
34022 produces directly pdf-files and supports the latest pdf-file formats.
34025 \begin_layout Standard
34026 If one of the menu entries
34033 \begin_inset Space ~
34042 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
34043 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
34044 \begin_inset Space ~
34048 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34050 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
34058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34059 Reconfiguration of LyX
34067 \begin_layout Standard
34072 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
34073 the export program.
34076 \begin_layout Subsection
34080 \begin_layout Standard
34081 With this menu you can print your document to a file in PostScript format
34082 or send it to a printer.
34083 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
34084 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
34090 For more informations have a look at section
34091 \begin_inset Space ~
34095 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34097 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
34104 \begin_layout Subsection
34105 New and Close Window
34108 \begin_layout Standard
34109 Opens a new instance of LyX with all currently opened documents.
34110 You can close it later with the corresponding menu.
34113 \begin_layout Section
34118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34127 \begin_layout Subsection
34131 \begin_layout Standard
34132 Described in section
34133 \begin_inset Space ~
34137 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34139 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
34146 \begin_layout Subsection
34147 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
34150 \begin_layout Standard
34151 Described in section
34152 \begin_inset Space ~
34156 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34158 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
34165 \begin_layout Subsection
34169 \begin_layout Standard
34170 Selects the whole document.
34173 \begin_layout Subsection
34177 \begin_layout Standard
34178 Described in section
34179 \begin_inset Space ~
34183 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34185 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
34192 \begin_layout Subsection
34193 Move paragraph Up/Down
34196 \begin_layout Standard
34197 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
34201 \begin_layout Subsection
34205 \begin_layout Standard
34206 Described in section
34207 \begin_inset Space ~
34211 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34213 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
34220 \begin_layout Subsection
34225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34226 Paragraph ! Settings
34234 \begin_layout Standard
34235 The settings in the paragraph dialog only affects the paragraph where the
34237 Here you can set here the paragraph alignment and line spacing.
34240 \begin_layout Standard
34241 You can also prevent that the first line of the paragraph is indented.
34242 This option works only when you have chosen to separate paragraphs with
34245 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34251 \begin_inset Space ~
34259 \begin_layout Subsection
34263 \begin_layout Standard
34264 These two menus are only active when the cursor is inside a table or a formula.
34265 The properties of this table/formula can now be changed.
34266 The properties of tables are described in section
34267 \begin_inset Space ~
34271 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34273 reference "sec:Tables"
34277 , the properties of formulas in chapter
34278 \begin_inset Space ~
34282 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34284 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
34291 \begin_layout Subsection
34292 Increase / Decrease List Depth
34295 \begin_layout Standard
34296 These menus are only active when the cursor is in an environment that can
34298 They in/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
34299 \begin_inset Space ~
34303 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34305 reference "sec:Nesting"
34310 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34312 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
34319 \begin_layout Section
34324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34333 \begin_layout Standard
34338 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
34339 document with an external program.
34340 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
34341 - it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
34342 All possible formats are formats listed in section
34343 \begin_inset Space ~
34347 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34349 reference "sub:Export"
34354 You should at least see the menu entries
34361 \begin_inset Space ~
34367 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
34368 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
34369 \begin_inset Space ~
34373 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34375 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
34383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34384 Reconfiguration of LyX
34392 \begin_layout Standard
34393 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
34394 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
34395 \begin_inset Space ~
34399 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34401 reference "sec:File-Formats"
34406 The default viewers are set by LyX while it is first configured.
34409 \begin_layout Standard
34410 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
34413 At the bottom of the
34417 menu the opened documents are listed.
34420 \begin_layout Subsection
34424 \begin_layout Standard
34425 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
34427 \begin_inset Space ~
34431 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34433 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
34440 \begin_layout Subsection
34444 \begin_layout Standard
34445 This menu allows you to update the view with your latest changes without
34446 opening a new view window.
34449 \begin_layout Subsection
34451 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34453 name "sub:Toolbars"
34461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34470 \begin_layout Standard
34471 In this menu you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
34472 All toolbars and the
34475 \begin_inset Space ~
34480 can be turned on and off.
34485 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
34497 \begin_inset Space ~
34506 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
34510 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
34517 \begin_layout Standard
34522 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
34526 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
34527 or when a certain feature is enabled.
34528 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
34529 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
34530 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
34533 \begin_layout Standard
34534 LyX's toolbars and its buttons are explained in section
34535 \begin_inset Space ~
34539 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34541 reference "sec:Toolbars"
34548 \begin_layout Section
34553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34562 \begin_layout Subsection
34566 \begin_layout Standard
34567 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
34568 \begin_inset Space ~
34572 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34574 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
34581 \begin_layout Subsection
34583 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34585 name "sub:Special-Character"
34592 \begin_layout Standard
34593 Here you can insert the following characters:
34596 \begin_layout Description
34597 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
34601 \begin_layout Description
34603 \begin_inset Space ~
34607 \begin_inset Space ~
34610 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
34611 \begin_inset Space ~
34615 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34617 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
34624 \begin_layout Description
34626 \begin_inset Space ~
34629 Quote Inserts this quote:
34630 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34633 , no matter what quote type you selected in the
34635 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34645 \begin_layout Description
34647 \begin_inset Space ~
34650 Quote Inserts this quote:
34651 \begin_inset Quotes els
34657 \begin_layout Description
34659 \begin_inset Space ~
34662 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
34666 \begin_layout Description
34668 \begin_inset Space ~
34675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34686 Language ! Phonetic symbols
34691 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
34692 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
34693 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
34701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34702 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! tipa
34708 \begin_inset Newline newline
34711 For more informations about this feature we refer to the documentation of
34715 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
34723 and this Wiki-page:
34724 \begin_inset Newline newline
34728 \begin_inset Flex URL
34731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34733 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
34741 \begin_layout Subsection
34745 \begin_layout Standard
34746 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
34749 \begin_layout Description
34750 Superscript Inserts an superscript: test
34751 \begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
34757 \begin_layout Description
34758 Subscript Inserts an subscript: test
34759 \begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
34765 \begin_layout Description
34767 \begin_inset Space ~
34770 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
34771 \begin_inset Space ~
34775 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34777 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
34784 \begin_layout Description
34786 \begin_inset Space ~
34789 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
34790 \begin_inset Space ~
34794 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34796 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
34803 \begin_layout Description
34805 \begin_inset Space ~
34808 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
34809 \begin_inset Space ~
34813 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34815 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
34822 \begin_layout Description
34824 \begin_inset Space ~
34827 Fill Inserts an horizontal fill, see section
34828 \begin_inset Space ~
34832 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34834 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
34841 \begin_layout Description
34843 \begin_inset Space ~
34846 Line Inserts an horizontal line, see section
34847 \begin_inset Space ~
34851 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34853 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
34860 \begin_layout Description
34862 \begin_inset Space ~
34865 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
34866 \begin_inset Space ~
34870 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34872 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
34879 \begin_layout Description
34881 \begin_inset Space ~
34884 Point Inserts an hyphenation point, see section
34885 \begin_inset Space ~
34889 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34891 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
34898 \begin_layout Description
34900 \begin_inset Space ~
34903 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
34904 \begin_inset Space ~
34908 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34910 reference "sub:Ligatures"
34917 \begin_layout Description
34919 \begin_inset Space ~
34922 Break Inserts a forced linebreak, see section
34923 \begin_inset Space ~
34927 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34929 reference "sub:Forced-Linebreaks"
34936 \begin_layout Description
34938 \begin_inset Space ~
34941 Break Inserts a forced pagebreak, described in section
34942 \begin_inset Space ~
34946 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34948 reference "sub:Forced-Pagebreaks"
34955 \begin_layout Description
34957 \begin_inset Space ~
34960 Page Inserts a clear pagebreak, described in section
34961 \begin_inset Space ~
34965 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34967 reference "sub:Clear-Pages"
34974 \begin_layout Description
34976 \begin_inset Space ~
34980 \begin_inset Space ~
34983 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
34984 \begin_inset Space ~
34988 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34990 reference "sub:Clear-Pages"
34997 \begin_layout Subsection
35001 \begin_layout Standard
35002 Various lists can be inserted with this menu.
35003 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
35005 \begin_inset Space ~
35009 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35011 reference "sec:toc"
35016 The index list is described in section
35017 \begin_inset Space ~
35021 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35023 reference "sec:Index"
35027 , the nomenclature in section
35028 \begin_inset Space ~
35032 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35034 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
35038 , and the BibTeX bibliography in section
35039 \begin_inset Space ~
35043 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35045 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
35052 \begin_layout Subsection
35056 \begin_layout Standard
35057 To insert floats, described in section
35058 \begin_inset Space ~
35062 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35064 reference "sec:Floats"
35071 \begin_layout Subsection
35075 \begin_layout Standard
35076 To insert notes, described in section
35077 \begin_inset Space ~
35081 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35083 reference "sec:Notes"
35090 \begin_layout Subsection
35094 \begin_layout Standard
35095 Inserts branch insets as described in section
35096 \begin_inset Space ~
35100 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35102 reference "sec:Branches"
35109 \begin_layout Subsection
35114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35123 \begin_layout Standard
35124 Here you can inserts files to include them or its content to your document.
35125 How this can be done is in detail explained in chapter
35136 \begin_layout Subsection
35141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35150 \begin_layout Standard
35151 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
35152 \begin_inset Space ~
35156 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35158 reference "sec:Minipages"
35163 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in chapter
35174 \begin_layout Subsection
35178 \begin_layout Standard
35179 Inserts a citation as described in section
35180 \begin_inset Space ~
35184 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35186 reference "sec:Bibliography"
35193 \begin_layout Subsection
35197 \begin_layout Standard
35198 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
35199 \begin_inset Space ~
35203 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35205 reference "sec:Cross-References"
35212 \begin_layout Subsection
35216 \begin_layout Standard
35217 Inserts a label as described in section
35218 \begin_inset Space ~
35222 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35224 reference "sec:Cross-References"
35231 \begin_layout Subsection
35236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35247 Longtables ! Caption
35255 \begin_layout Standard
35256 Inserts a caption to floats or longtables.
35257 Floats are described in section
35258 \begin_inset Space ~
35262 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35264 reference "sec:Floats"
35268 , cations in longtables are described in section
35279 \begin_layout Subsection
35283 \begin_layout Standard
35284 Inserts an index entry as described in section
35285 \begin_inset Space ~
35289 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35291 reference "sec:Index"
35298 \begin_layout Subsection
35302 \begin_layout Standard
35303 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
35304 \begin_inset Space ~
35308 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35310 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
35317 \begin_layout Subsection
35321 \begin_layout Standard
35323 Tables are described in section
35324 \begin_inset Space ~
35328 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35330 reference "sec:Tables"
35337 \begin_layout Subsection
35341 \begin_layout Standard
35343 Graphics are described in section
35344 \begin_inset Space ~
35348 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35350 reference "sec:Graphics"
35357 \begin_layout Subsection
35361 \begin_layout Standard
35362 Inserts an URL box as described in section
35363 \begin_inset Space ~
35367 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35369 reference "sec:URL"
35376 \begin_layout Subsection
35380 \begin_layout Standard
35381 Inserts a footnote, see section
35382 \begin_inset Space ~
35386 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35388 reference "sec:Footnotes"
35395 \begin_layout Subsection
35399 \begin_layout Standard
35400 Inserts a marginal note, see section
35401 \begin_inset Space ~
35405 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35407 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
35414 \begin_layout Subsection
35418 \begin_layout Standard
35419 Inserts a short title, see section
35420 \begin_inset Space ~
35424 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35426 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
35433 \begin_layout Subsection
35437 \begin_layout Standard
35438 Inserts an ERT box, see section
35439 \begin_inset Space ~
35443 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35445 reference "sub:ERT-Boxes"
35452 \begin_layout Subsection
35457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35466 \begin_layout Standard
35467 Inserts a program listings box.
35468 Program listings are explained in chapter
35470 Program Code Listings
35479 \begin_layout Subsection
35483 \begin_layout Standard
35484 Inserts the actual date.
35485 The format dependends on the date format of the language that is used for
35487 LyX offers another ways to insert a date which is explained in section
35497 There the different methods are also compared.
35500 \begin_layout Section
35505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35514 \begin_layout Standard
35515 This menu lists the existing, chapter, sections, figures, and tables of
35516 the current document.
35517 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
35520 \begin_layout Standard
35521 The Navigate menu also offers to
35524 \begin_layout Subsection
35528 \begin_layout Standard
35529 With this menu you are able to define your own bookmarks.
35530 This is useful when you are working on a large documents and often have
35533 \begin_inset Space ~
35537 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
35538 \begin_inset Space ~
35541 2.5 and use the menu
35544 \begin_inset Space ~
35548 \begin_inset Space ~
35555 \begin_inset Space ~
35561 \begin_inset Space ~
35565 \begin_inset Space ~
35571 Now you can easily jump between these sections by using the menu or by
35583 \begin_layout Standard
35584 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
35585 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
35588 \begin_layout Subsection
35589 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
35592 \begin_layout Standard
35593 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
35597 \begin_layout Subsection
35601 \begin_layout Standard
35602 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
35603 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
35604 on a cross-reference box.
35607 \begin_layout Section
35612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35621 \begin_layout Subsection
35625 \begin_layout Standard
35626 Change Tracking is described in section
35627 \begin_inset Space ~
35631 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35633 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
35640 \begin_layout Subsection
35645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35655 \begin_layout Standard
35656 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
35658 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
35661 \begin_layout Standard
35662 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
35667 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
35670 \begin_layout Subsection
35674 \begin_layout Standard
35675 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
35676 \begin_inset Space ~
35680 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35682 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
35689 \begin_layout Subsection
35690 Start Appendix Here
35693 \begin_layout Standard
35694 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
35695 position as described in section
35696 \begin_inset Space ~
35700 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35702 reference "sec:Appendices"
35709 \begin_layout Subsection
35713 \begin_layout Standard
35714 Un/compresses the actual document.
35717 \begin_layout Subsection
35719 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35721 name "sub:Settings"
35729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35730 Document ! Settings
35738 \begin_layout Standard
35739 This menu dialog contains some submenus to set properties for the whole
35741 You can save your document settings as default with the
35743 Save as Document Defaults
35745 button in the dialog.
35746 This will create a template named
35750 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
35754 \begin_layout Standard
35755 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following:
35758 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
35762 \begin_layout Standard
35763 Here you set the document class, class options, and a Postscript driver.
35764 Document classes are described in section
35765 \begin_inset Space ~
35769 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35771 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
35776 The Postscript driver is used for LaTeX's color and graphics packages.
35781 , the default driver for the Latex@LaTeX-packages are used.
35782 It is recommended to use the default unless your know what you are doing.
35785 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
35789 \begin_layout Standard
35790 The document font settings are described in section
35791 \begin_inset Space ~
35795 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35797 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
35804 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
35808 \begin_layout Standard
35809 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
35811 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
35815 \begin_layout Standard
35816 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
35817 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
35818 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
35821 \begin_layout Standard
35822 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
35830 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
35834 \begin_layout Standard
35835 A description of this menu is given in section
35836 \begin_inset Space ~
35840 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35842 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
35847 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35849 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
35856 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
35860 \begin_layout Standard
35861 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
35862 \begin_inset Space ~
35866 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35868 reference "sub:Margins"
35875 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
35880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35881 Language ! Encoding
35889 \begin_layout Standard
35890 The document language and quote styles are set here.
35891 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
35892 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
35893 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
35894 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
35895 known for a particular character).
35899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35900 The known commands are defined in a text file.
35901 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
35906 manual for details.
35914 \begin_layout Standard
35915 If you use the option
35917 use language's default encoding
35919 , LyX determines the encoding of a portion of text from the language of
35921 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
35922 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
35923 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
35924 exactly one encoding.
35925 Checking this option is the preferred setting unless you use
35933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35934 XeTeX is a TeX typesetting engine, an alternative for LaTeX.
35935 It natively supports Unicode while its input file is assumed to be in UTF-8
35937 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
35938 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
35952 \begin_layout Standard
35953 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
35954 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
35955 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
35956 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
35957 Unfortunately the unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
35958 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of unicode symbols works fine
35961 use language's default encoding
35963 (when LyX uses it's list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
35964 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is ot used,
35965 because all unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
35968 \begin_layout Standard
35969 Here is a list with the important encodings:
35972 \begin_layout Description
35974 \begin_inset Space ~
35979 use language's default encoding
35981 , but the LaTeX-package
35989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35990 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
35996 You probably need to load some other packages manually in the preamble.
35999 \begin_layout Description
36000 armscii8 encoding for Armenian
36003 \begin_layout Description
36004 ascii the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English, may result in a big
36005 file because lots of LaTeX-commands may be needed
36008 \begin_layout Description
36009 cp1250 MS Windows code page for latin2
36012 \begin_layout Description
36013 cp1251 MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
36016 \begin_layout Description
36017 cp1252 MS Windows code page for latin1
36020 \begin_layout Description
36021 cp1255 MS Windows code page for Hebrew, superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
36024 \begin_layout Description
36025 cp1256 MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
36028 \begin_layout Description
36029 cp1257 MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, the ISO-8859-
36030 13 encoding that is a superset of the ISO-8859-4 encoding
36033 \begin_layout Description
36034 iso88595 the ISO-8859-5 encoding, covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian,
36035 Serbian, and Ukrainian
36038 \begin_layout Description
36039 iso-8859-7 the ISO-8859-7 encoding, covers Greek
36042 \begin_layout Description
36043 8859-8 the ISO-8859-8 encoding, covers Hebrew
36046 \begin_layout Description
36047 koi8-r standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
36050 \begin_layout Description
36051 koi8-u Cyrillic for Ukrainian
36054 \begin_layout Description
36055 latin1 the ISO-8859-1 encoding, covers the languages Albanian, Catalan,
36056 Danish, Dutch, English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic,
36057 Irish, Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish, and Swedish; should be
36061 \begin_layout Description
36062 latin2 the ISO-8859-2 encoding, covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German,
36063 Hungarian, Polish, Romanian, Slovak, and Slovenian
36066 \begin_layout Description
36067 latin3 the ISO-8859-3 encoding, covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese, and
36071 \begin_layout Description
36072 latin4 the ISO-8859-4 encoding, covers Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian
36075 \begin_layout Description
36076 latin5 the ISO-8859-9 encoding, covers Turkish, like the ISO-8859-1 encoding
36077 where the Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
36080 \begin_layout Description
36081 latin9 the ISO-8859-15 encoding, like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with
36082 the euro currency sign, the
36086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36095 -ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish; latin9 should
36096 be the replacement for latin1
36099 \begin_layout Description
36100 pt154 Cyrillic for Kazakh
36103 \begin_layout Description
36104 utf8 Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
36112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36113 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
36118 (first variant, for latin symbols and some others).
36121 \begin_layout Description
36122 utf8x Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
36126 (second variant, for greek and CJK symbols and some others).
36129 \begin_layout Description
36130 UTF8 Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
36138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36139 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! CJK
36144 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
36147 \begin_layout Description
36148 utf8-plain Unicode utf8 to be used with
36152 , which uses Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
36160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36161 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
36162 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
36176 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36180 \begin_layout Standard
36181 You can adjust here the numbering depth of sections headings as described
36183 \begin_inset Space ~
36187 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36189 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
36196 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36200 \begin_layout Standard
36201 You can specify here a citation style using the Latex@LaTeX-packages
36207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36208 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! natbib
36223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36224 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
36230 For a further description see section
36231 \begin_inset Space ~
36235 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36237 reference "sec:Bibliography"
36244 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36248 \begin_layout Standard
36249 These options will force LyX to use the Latex@LaTeX-packages
36255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36256 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
36269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36270 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! esint
36277 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
36280 \begin_layout Standard
36285 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
36286 assure that you have enabled AMS.
36289 \begin_layout Standard
36294 is used for special integral characters.
36297 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36301 \begin_layout Standard
36302 The float placement options are described in section
36303 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
36307 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36309 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
36316 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36320 \begin_layout Standard
36321 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
36322 The itemize environment is described in section
36323 \begin_inset Space ~
36327 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36329 reference "sec:Itemize"
36336 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36340 \begin_layout Standard
36341 Branches are described in section
36342 \begin_inset Space ~
36346 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36348 reference "sec:Branches"
36355 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36370 \begin_layout Standard
36371 In this text field are entered commands to load special Latex@LaTeX-packages
36372 or to define LaTeX-commands.
36373 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
36374 You shouldn't enter commands here until you don't exactly know what you
36378 \begin_layout Standard
36379 An introduction in the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
36380 \begin_inset Space ~
36384 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36386 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
36393 \begin_layout Section
36398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36407 \begin_layout Subsection
36411 \begin_layout Standard
36412 Spell checking is explained in section
36413 \begin_inset Space ~
36417 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36419 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
36426 \begin_layout Subsection
36430 \begin_layout Standard
36431 The thesaurus is described in section
36432 \begin_inset Space ~
36436 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36438 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
36445 \begin_layout Subsection
36450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36459 \begin_layout Standard
36460 Counts the number of words in the actual document or the highlighted document
36464 \begin_layout Subsection
36469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36478 \begin_layout Standard
36479 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
36482 \begin_layout Subsection
36487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36488 Lyx@LyX ! Reconfigure|see
36492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36499 Reconfiguration of LyX
36503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36520 Reconfiguration of LyX
36528 \begin_layout Standard
36529 This menu reconfigures LyX.
36530 That means LyX looks for Latex@LaTeX-packages and needed programs, see
36532 \begin_inset Space ~
36536 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36538 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
36545 \begin_layout Subsection
36549 \begin_layout Standard
36550 The preferences dialog is described in detail in chapter
36551 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
36555 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36557 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
36564 \begin_layout Section
36569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36578 \begin_layout Standard
36579 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
36583 \begin_layout Standard
36587 \begin_inset Space ~
36592 shows a LyX-document with informations about the Latex@LaTeX-packages and
36593 classes found by LyX (see also section
36594 \begin_inset Space ~
36598 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36600 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
36607 \begin_layout Section
36609 \begin_inset CommandInset label
36611 name "sec:Toolbars"
36618 \begin_layout Standard
36619 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
36620 \begin_inset Space ~
36624 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36626 reference "sub:Toolbars"
36633 \begin_layout Standard
36634 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
36635 This is described in the
36642 \begin_layout Subsection
36647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36656 \begin_layout Standard
36657 \begin_inset Graphics
36658 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
36666 \begin_layout Standard
36667 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
36673 \begin_layout Standard
36674 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
36679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36691 \begin_inset Note Note
36694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36695 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
36700 manual for more information.
36708 \begin_layout Standard
36709 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
36715 \begin_layout Standard
36716 \begin_inset Tabular
36717 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
36718 <features islongtable="true">
36719 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
36720 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
36722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36726 \begin_inset Graphics
36727 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
36737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36741 pull-down menu for the paragraph environments
36754 \begin_layout Standard
36755 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
36761 \begin_layout Standard
36763 \begin_inset Tabular
36764 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
36765 <features islongtable="true">
36766 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
36767 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
36768 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36769 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36775 \begin_inset Graphics
36776 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
36777 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36786 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36792 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36799 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36804 \begin_inset Graphics
36805 filename ../images/file-open.png
36806 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36815 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36821 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36828 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36833 \begin_inset Graphics
36834 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
36835 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36844 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36850 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36857 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36858 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36862 \begin_inset Graphics
36863 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
36864 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
36873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36879 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36886 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36891 \begin_inset Graphics
36892 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
36893 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36908 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36915 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36920 \begin_inset Graphics
36921 filename ../images/undo.png
36922 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36931 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36937 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36944 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36949 \begin_inset Graphics
36950 filename ../images/redo.png
36951 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36960 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36966 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36973 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36978 \begin_inset Graphics
36979 filename ../images/cut.png
36980 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36995 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37002 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37007 \begin_inset Graphics
37008 filename ../images/copy.png
37009 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37024 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37031 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37036 \begin_inset Graphics
37037 filename ../images/paste.png
37038 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37047 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37053 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37060 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37065 \begin_inset Graphics
37066 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
37067 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37068 rotateOrigin center
37077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37083 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37085 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
37089 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
37098 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37099 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37103 \begin_inset Graphics
37104 filename ../images/font-emph.png
37105 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37118 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
37120 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37122 \begin_inset Space ~
37133 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37138 \begin_inset Graphics
37139 filename ../images/font-noun.png
37140 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37149 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37153 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
37155 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37157 \begin_inset Space ~
37168 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37173 \begin_inset Graphics
37174 filename ../images/font-free-apply.png
37175 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37188 Formats text using the current settings in the
37190 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37192 \begin_inset Space ~
37203 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37208 \begin_inset Graphics
37209 filename ../images/math-mode.png
37210 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37225 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37226 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37228 \begin_inset Space ~
37237 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37242 \begin_inset Graphics
37243 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
37244 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37245 rotateOrigin center
37254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37260 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37267 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37272 \begin_inset Graphics
37273 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
37274 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37275 rotateOrigin center
37284 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37290 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37297 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37302 \begin_inset Graphics
37303 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
37304 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37305 rotateOrigin center
37314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37318 Toggle outline window on/off,
37320 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37327 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37332 \begin_inset Graphics
37333 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_math.png
37334 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37335 rotateOrigin center
37344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37348 Toggle math toolbar on/off
37354 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37359 \begin_inset Graphics
37360 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_table.png
37361 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37362 rotateOrigin center
37371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37375 Toggle table toolbar on/off
37388 \begin_layout Subsection
37393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37402 \begin_layout Standard
37403 \begin_inset Graphics
37404 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
37412 \begin_layout Standard
37413 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37419 \begin_layout Standard
37420 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
37424 \begin_layout Standard
37425 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37431 \begin_layout Standard
37432 \begin_inset Tabular
37433 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="24" columns="2">
37434 <features islongtable="true">
37435 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37436 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37437 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37442 \begin_inset Graphics
37443 filename ../images/layout.png
37444 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37445 rotateOrigin center
37454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37464 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37469 \begin_inset Graphics
37470 filename ../images/layout_Enumerate.png
37471 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37472 rotateOrigin center
37481 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37491 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37496 \begin_inset Graphics
37497 filename ../images/layout_Itemize.png
37498 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37499 rotateOrigin center
37508 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37518 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37519 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37523 \begin_inset Graphics
37524 filename ../images/layout_List.png
37525 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37526 rotateOrigin center
37535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37545 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37550 \begin_inset Graphics
37551 filename ../images/layout_Description.png
37552 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37553 rotateOrigin center
37562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37572 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37577 \begin_inset Graphics
37578 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
37579 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37580 rotateOrigin center
37589 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37595 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37597 \begin_inset Space ~
37601 \begin_inset Space ~
37610 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37615 \begin_inset Graphics
37616 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
37617 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37618 rotateOrigin center
37627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37633 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37635 \begin_inset Space ~
37639 \begin_inset Space ~
37648 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37653 \begin_inset Graphics
37654 filename ../images/float-insert_figure.png
37655 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37670 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37671 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37678 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37683 \begin_inset Graphics
37684 filename ../images/float-insert_table.png
37685 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37694 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37700 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37701 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37708 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37713 \begin_inset Graphics
37714 filename ../images/label-insert.png
37715 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37730 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37737 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37738 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37742 \begin_inset Graphics
37743 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
37744 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37753 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37759 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37766 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37767 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37771 \begin_inset Graphics
37772 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
37773 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37788 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37795 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37796 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37800 \begin_inset Graphics
37801 filename ../images/index-insert.png
37802 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37817 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37819 \begin_inset Space ~
37828 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37833 \begin_inset Graphics
37834 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
37835 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37844 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37850 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37852 \begin_inset Space ~
37861 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37866 \begin_inset Graphics
37867 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
37868 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37883 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37890 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37891 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37895 \begin_inset Graphics
37896 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
37897 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37898 rotateOrigin center
37907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37913 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37915 \begin_inset Space ~
37924 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37925 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37929 \begin_inset Graphics
37930 filename ../images/note-insert.png
37931 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37940 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37946 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37947 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37949 \begin_inset Space ~
37958 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37963 \begin_inset Graphics
37964 filename ../images/box-insert.png
37965 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37980 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37987 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37992 \begin_inset Graphics
37993 filename ../images/url-insert.png
37994 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38009 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38016 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38021 \begin_inset Graphics
38022 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
38023 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38038 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38060 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38065 \begin_inset Graphics
38066 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_include.png
38067 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38082 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38083 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38085 \begin_inset Space ~
38094 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38099 \begin_inset Graphics
38100 filename ../images/dialog-show_character.png
38101 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38102 rotateOrigin center
38111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38117 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38119 \begin_inset Space ~
38128 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38129 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38133 \begin_inset Graphics
38134 filename ../images/layout-paragraph.png
38135 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38136 rotateOrigin center
38145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38151 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38153 \begin_inset Space ~
38162 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38167 \begin_inset Graphics
38168 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
38169 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38170 rotateOrigin center
38179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38185 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38199 \begin_layout Subsection
38200 View / Update Toolbar
38204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38205 Toolbar ! View / Update
38213 \begin_layout Standard
38214 \begin_inset Graphics
38215 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
38222 \begin_layout Standard
38223 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38229 \begin_layout Standard
38230 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
38234 \begin_layout Standard
38235 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38241 \begin_layout Standard
38242 \begin_inset Tabular
38243 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="2">
38244 <features islongtable="true">
38245 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38246 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38247 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38252 \begin_inset Graphics
38253 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
38254 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38255 rotateOrigin center
38264 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38270 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38277 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38282 \begin_inset Graphics
38283 filename ../images/buffer-update_dvi.png
38284 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38285 rotateOrigin center
38294 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38300 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38301 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38308 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38313 \begin_inset Graphics
38314 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
38315 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38316 rotateOrigin center
38325 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38331 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38338 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38343 \begin_inset Graphics
38344 filename ../images/buffer-update_pdf2.png
38345 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38346 rotateOrigin center
38355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38361 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38362 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38368 This button is on some LyX for Windows installations not here because its
38369 functionality is merged with
38371 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38386 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38391 \begin_inset Graphics
38392 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
38393 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38394 rotateOrigin center
38403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38409 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38416 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38421 \begin_inset Graphics
38422 filename ../images/buffer-update_ps.png
38423 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38424 rotateOrigin center
38433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38439 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38440 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38454 \begin_layout Subsection
38458 \begin_layout Standard
38459 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
38460 \begin_inset Space ~
38464 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38466 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
38470 , the table toolbar
38474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38480 is explained in the
38487 \begin_layout Chapter
38493 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38495 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
38503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38512 \begin_layout Standard
38513 The preferences dialog is called with the menu Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38515 It consists of submenus explained in the following.
38518 \begin_layout Section
38522 \begin_layout Subsection
38524 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38535 Customization ! of toolbars
38544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38545 Customization ! of menus
38553 \begin_layout Standard
38554 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
38557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38562 You have to restart LyX before changes in ui- and bind-files take effect.
38570 \begin_layout Subsubsection
38571 User Interface File
38575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38576 Customization ! of toolbars
38585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38586 Customization ! of menus
38594 \begin_layout Standard
38595 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing an user
38596 interface (ui) file.
38597 An ui-file is a textfile where the toolbars and menus are listed.
38598 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
38607 Both files are loaded by the
38612 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
38613 files and edit the entries.
38616 \begin_layout Standard
38617 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
38629 entries must be ended with an explicit
38654 and in the case of the
38655 \begin_inset Quotes eld
38659 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38667 The syntax for the entries is:
38670 \begin_layout Standard
38671 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
38677 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38685 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38689 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38693 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38699 \begin_layout Standard
38701 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
38704 All LyX-functions are listed in
38705 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
38714 \begin_layout Standard
38715 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
38721 \begin_layout Standard
38722 An example: Assuming you use the menu
38724 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38727 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
38731 \begin_layout Standard
38732 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
38737 Item "Save Bookmark 6" "bookmark-save 6"
38740 \begin_layout Standard
38742 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
38745 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
38748 \begin_layout Subsubsection
38753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38762 \begin_layout Standard
38763 Bindings are used to bind a function to a key.
38764 Several binding files are available:
38767 \begin_layout Description
38768 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
38771 \begin_layout Description
38772 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
38783 \begin_layout Description
38784 mac.bind set of bindings for
38787 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
38795 \begin_layout Standard
38796 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
38800 , and bind files for special languages.
38801 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.g.
38803 \begin_inset Quotes eld
38807 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38811 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
38815 \begin_layout Standard
38816 Some bind-files, like
38820 , have only a small scope.
38821 When looking at the the end of the file
38825 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
38828 \begin_layout Standard
38829 If you like to customize the keybindings to your own taste, modify the bind-file
38830 s with a text editor.
38831 The syntax of the entries is:
38834 \begin_layout Standard
38840 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38844 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38848 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38852 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38858 \begin_layout Standard
38859 All LyX-functions are listed in
38860 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
38869 \begin_layout Subsubsection
38873 \begin_layout Standard
38877 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
38881 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
38884 restore window size, or use fixed size
38886 is not checked, you can specify the size of LyX's main window when LyX
38890 \begin_layout Standard
38894 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
38898 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
38901 restore window position
38903 LyX will be opened with its main window at the last used position.
38906 \begin_layout Standard
38909 Restore cursor positions
38911 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
38915 \begin_layout Standard
38918 Load opened files from last session
38920 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
38923 \begin_layout Subsubsection
38925 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38927 name "sub:Backup documents"
38935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38944 \begin_layout Standard
38949 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
38952 \begin_layout Standard
38957 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
38960 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38962 \begin_inset Space ~
38970 \begin_layout Subsubsection
38974 \begin_layout Standard
38977 Cursor follows scrollbar
38979 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
38983 \begin_layout Subsubsection
38987 \begin_layout Standard
38990 Enable Pixmap Cache
38992 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
38993 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
38994 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
38995 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
38997 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
38998 \begin_inset Space ~
39004 \begin_layout Subsection
39009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39016 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39018 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
39025 \begin_layout Standard
39026 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
39029 \begin_layout Standard
39030 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39038 This section only deals with the fonts
39043 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
39046 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39047 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39058 \begin_layout Standard
39059 By default, LyX uses
39063 as roman (serif) font,
39071 (depends on the system) as
39074 \begin_inset Space ~
39090 \begin_layout Standard
39091 You can change the font size with the
39098 \begin_layout Standard
39103 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
39104 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
39106 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
39109 points have the size of 1
39110 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
39114 \begin_inset Space ~
39118 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39120 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
39127 \begin_layout Standard
39132 are the same as if a document font size of 10
39133 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
39137 The sizes are explained in detail in section
39138 \begin_inset Space ~
39142 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39144 reference "sub:Document-Font"
39151 \begin_layout Subsection
39156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39175 \begin_layout Standard
39176 You can here change all colors used by LyX.
39177 Choose an item in the list and use the
39184 \begin_layout Subsection
39189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39190 Settings ! Graphics
39198 \begin_layout Standard
39199 Here you can specify how graphics inside LyX are displayed.
39202 \begin_layout Standard
39207 enables previewing snippets of your document.
39208 This feature is described in section
39209 \begin_inset Space ~
39213 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39215 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
39222 \begin_layout Subsection
39227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39238 Settings ! Keyboard Map
39244 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39246 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
39253 \begin_layout Standard
39254 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
39255 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
39257 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
39261 \begin_inset Space ~
39264 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
39265 can use the keyboard map file named
39272 \begin_layout Standard
39273 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39281 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
39289 \begin_layout Section
39294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39305 Settings ! Directory
39313 \begin_layout Description
39315 \begin_inset Space ~
39318 directory This is LyX's working directory.
39319 It is the default when you
39330 \begin_inset Space ~
39338 \begin_layout Description
39340 \begin_inset Space ~
39343 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
39345 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39347 \begin_inset Space ~
39351 \begin_inset Space ~
39359 \begin_layout Description
39361 \begin_inset Space ~
39368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39374 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
39375 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
39376 \begin_inset Space ~
39380 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39382 reference "sub:Backup documents"
39390 will be used to save the backups.
39391 \begin_inset Newline newline
39394 The backup files have the ending
39395 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39399 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39405 \begin_layout Description
39410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39417 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
39418 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
39419 \begin_inset Newline newline
39423 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39431 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
39439 \begin_layout Description
39441 \begin_inset Space ~
39444 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
39447 \begin_layout Description
39449 \begin_inset Space ~
39452 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
39453 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
39454 to find it on the system.
39455 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems while
39456 LyX is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
39458 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
39462 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
39465 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
39466 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
39470 \begin_layout Section
39474 \begin_layout Standard
39475 Here you can insert your name and email address.
39476 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
39478 \begin_inset Space ~
39482 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39484 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
39488 , to mark changes you make as yours.
39491 \begin_layout Section
39496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39497 Language ! Settings
39506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39507 Settings ! Language
39515 \begin_layout Subsection
39519 \begin_layout Description
39521 \begin_inset Space ~
39524 language is the language used in new documents
39527 \begin_layout Description
39529 \begin_inset Space ~
39532 package is a LaTeX-command to load a LaTeX-package that handles language
39534 The default is the LaTeX-command
39540 that loads the package
39548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39549 For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, have a look at section
39550 \begin_inset Space ~
39554 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39556 reference "sec:ERT"
39566 \begin_inset Newline newline
39573 translates in the background automatically text labels of documents to
39574 the document language.
39575 A text label is for instance the word
39576 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39580 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39583 at the beginning of every table-caption.
39586 \begin_layout Description
39588 \begin_inset Space ~
39591 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
39592 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
39593 An example is the start command
39599 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
39604 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39619 selectlanguage{$$lang}
39624 \begin_layout Description
39626 \begin_inset Space ~
39634 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
39635 command toggles the package on and off.
39638 \begin_layout Description
39640 \begin_inset Space ~
39650 \begin_layout Description
39651 Global When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
39652 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
39653 used by all Latex@LaTeX-packages.
39654 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
39661 \begin_layout Description
39663 \begin_inset Space ~
39666 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
39668 When this option is not set, the
39671 \begin_inset Space ~
39676 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
39677 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
39680 \begin_inset Space ~
39688 \begin_layout Description
39690 \begin_inset Space ~
39696 \begin_inset Space ~
39702 When it is not set, the
39705 \begin_inset Space ~
39710 is set to the end of the document.
39713 \begin_layout Description
39715 \begin_inset Space ~
39719 \begin_inset Space ~
39722 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
39723 language will be underlined blue.
39726 \begin_layout Description
39728 \begin_inset Space ~
39732 \begin_inset Space ~
39736 \begin_inset Space ~
39740 \begin_inset Space ~
39743 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left, like Arabic,
39747 \begin_layout Subsection
39751 \begin_layout Standard
39752 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
39753 \begin_inset Space ~
39757 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39759 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
39766 \begin_layout Section
39770 \begin_layout Subsection
39772 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39801 \begin_layout Description
39803 \begin_inset Space ~
39806 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
39807 The name will be used when the
39812 \begin_inset Newline newline
39816 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39824 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has there
39833 \begin_layout Description
39835 \begin_inset Space ~
39839 \begin_inset Space ~
39843 \begin_inset Space ~
39846 printer This option works only for the
39851 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39859 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39863 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
39864 This is an option only for dvips experts.
39867 \begin_layout Description
39869 \begin_inset Space ~
39872 command is the command LyX
39873 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
39877 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
39880 LaTeX uses for printing.
39881 The default is on most systems
39888 \begin_layout Description
39890 \begin_inset Space ~
39894 \begin_inset Space ~
39897 Options Here you can specify printer options.
39898 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
39899 of the program that provides the
39906 \begin_layout Subsection
39911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39922 Settings ! Date format
39930 \begin_layout Standard
39931 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
39932 \begin_inset Newline newline
39936 \begin_inset Flex URL
39939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39941 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
39947 \begin_inset Newline newline
39950 For example the format
39951 \begin_inset Newline newline
39955 \begin_inset Newline newline
39958 prints the date as day/month/year.
39961 \begin_layout Subsection
39965 \begin_layout Description
39967 \begin_inset Space ~
39971 \begin_inset Space ~
39974 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
39977 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39978 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39980 \begin_inset Space ~
39986 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
39990 \begin_layout Description
39992 \begin_inset Space ~
39995 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
40000 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
40001 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
40004 \begin_layout Subsection
40009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40017 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40019 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
40027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40028 Settings ! Latex@LaTeX
40036 \begin_layout Description
40041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40049 \begin_inset Space ~
40052 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
40057 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
40079 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
40080 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40088 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40092 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
40093 LyX sets up in the background.
40094 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
40097 \begin_layout Description
40099 \begin_inset Space ~
40103 \begin_inset Space ~
40106 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
40111 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
40114 \begin_layout Description
40116 \begin_inset Space ~
40120 \begin_inset Space ~
40124 \begin_inset Space ~
40128 \begin_inset Space ~
40132 \begin_inset Space ~
40136 \begin_inset Space ~
40139 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
40141 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40144 dialog when changing the document class.
40147 \begin_layout Standard
40150 External Applications
40152 field you can specify commands with parameters for the listed applications.
40153 Before you change something here, it is strongly recommended to read the
40154 manuals of the applications.
40155 Currently the following commands can be set:
40158 \begin_layout Description
40163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40171 \begin_inset Space ~
40174 command Command for the program
40178 that is described in section
40189 \begin_layout Description
40194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40202 \begin_inset Space ~
40205 command Command for the program
40209 that generates the bibliography, see section
40210 \begin_inset Space ~
40214 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40216 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
40223 \begin_layout Description
40225 \begin_inset Space ~
40228 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section
40229 \begin_inset Space ~
40233 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40235 reference "sub:Index-Program"
40242 \begin_layout Description
40244 \begin_inset Space ~
40248 \begin_inset Space ~
40252 \begin_inset Space ~
40256 \begin_inset Space ~
40259 options They only have an effect when the program
40263 is used as DVI-viewer.
40266 \begin_layout Subsection
40271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40290 \begin_layout Standard
40295 is only available in the Windows version of LyX.
40298 Use Windows-style paths in LaTeX files
40300 uses the Windows path style:
40303 \begin_layout Standard
40311 \begin_layout Standard
40312 instead of the Unix path style:
40315 \begin_layout Standard
40319 \begin_layout Section
40324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40333 \begin_layout Standard
40334 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
40335 from one format to another.
40336 You can modify them or create new ones.
40337 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
40344 \begin_inset Space ~
40354 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
40358 \begin_inset Space ~
40363 drop-down list, modify the
40367 field, and press the
40374 \begin_layout Standard
40377 Converter File Cache
40379 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
40382 Maximum Age (in days
40385 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
40386 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
40389 \begin_layout Standard
40390 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
40391 the converter definition, is described in section
40402 \begin_layout Section
40407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40414 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40416 name "sec:File-Formats"
40423 \begin_layout Standard
40424 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
40425 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
40427 To create a new format, select an existing one, change the entry of the
40435 \begin_inset Space ~
40447 \begin_layout Standard
40448 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
40449 is described in section
40460 \begin_layout Section
40465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40474 \begin_layout Standard
40475 Here you find the list of defined copiers.
40476 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
40477 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
40478 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
40479 This is done by a Copier.
40482 \begin_layout Standard
40483 More about converters is described in section
40494 \begin_layout Chapter
40495 Units available in LyX
40499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40506 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40508 name "cha:Units-available-in"
40515 \begin_layout Standard
40516 To understand the units described in this documentation,
40517 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40519 reference "cap:Units"
40523 explains all units available in LyX.
40526 \begin_layout Standard
40527 \begin_inset Float table
40533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40534 \begin_inset Caption
40536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40537 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40552 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
40558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40560 \begin_inset Tabular
40561 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
40563 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
40564 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
40566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40575 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40635 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40655 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40660 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
40664 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
40674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40688 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
40692 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
40702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40715 scaled point (65536
40716 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
40720 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
40730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40744 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
40748 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
40758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40767 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40772 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
40776 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
40780 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
40790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40804 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
40808 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
40818 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40831 % of original image width
40838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40847 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40858 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40878 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40918 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40991 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41020 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
41024 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
41045 \begin_layout Chapter
41047 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41056 \begin_layout Standard
41057 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
41058 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
41061 \begin_layout Itemize
41064 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
41067 \begin_layout Itemize
41073 \begin_layout Itemize
41079 \begin_layout Itemize
41085 \begin_layout Itemize
41091 \begin_layout Itemize
41097 \begin_layout Itemize
41103 \begin_layout Itemize
41109 \begin_layout Itemize
41112 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
41115 \begin_layout Itemize
41121 \begin_layout Itemize
41127 \begin_layout Itemize
41133 \begin_layout Itemize
41139 \begin_layout Itemize
41145 \begin_layout Itemize
41151 \begin_layout Itemize
41157 \begin_layout Itemize
41163 \begin_layout Itemize
41165 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
41174 \begin_layout Standard
41175 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
41178 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
41185 \begin_layout Bibliography
41186 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41187 LatexCommand bibitem
41194 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41197 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
41202 \begin_inset Newline newline
41206 \begin_inset Flex URL
41209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41211 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
41219 \begin_layout Bibliography
41220 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41221 LatexCommand bibitem
41222 key "latexcompanion"
41226 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
41228 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
41231 Addison-Wesley, 2004
41234 \begin_layout Bibliography
41235 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41236 LatexCommand bibitem
41241 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
41244 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
41247 Addison-Wesley, 2003
41250 \begin_layout Bibliography
41251 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41252 LatexCommand bibitem
41259 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
41262 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
41265 \begin_layout Bibliography
41266 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41267 LatexCommand bibitem
41279 Addison-Wesley, 1984
41282 \begin_layout Bibliography
41283 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41284 LatexCommand bibitem
41290 \begin_inset Newline newline
41294 \begin_inset Flex URL
41297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41299 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
41307 \begin_layout Bibliography
41308 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41309 LatexCommand bibitem
41315 \begin_inset Newline newline
41319 \begin_inset Flex URL
41322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41324 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
41332 \begin_layout Bibliography
41333 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41334 LatexCommand bibitem
41340 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41342 name "Documentation"
41343 target "http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi"
41352 \begin_inset Newline newline
41356 \begin_inset Flex URL
41359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41361 http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi
41369 \begin_layout Bibliography
41370 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41371 LatexCommand bibitem
41377 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41379 name "Documentation"
41380 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
41384 of the LaTeX-package
41392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41393 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! caption
41399 \begin_inset Newline newline
41403 \begin_inset Flex URL
41406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41408 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
41416 \begin_layout Bibliography
41417 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41418 LatexCommand bibitem
41424 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41426 name "Documentation"
41427 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
41431 of the LaTeX-package
41439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41440 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
41446 \begin_inset Newline newline
41450 \begin_inset Flex URL
41453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41455 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
41463 \begin_layout Bibliography
41464 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41465 LatexCommand bibitem
41471 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41473 name "Documentation"
41474 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
41478 of the LaTeX-package
41486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41487 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
41493 \begin_inset Newline newline
41497 \begin_inset Flex URL
41500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41502 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
41510 \begin_layout Bibliography
41511 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41512 LatexCommand bibitem
41518 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41520 name "Documentation"
41521 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
41525 of the LaTeX-package
41533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41534 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! tipa
41540 \begin_inset Newline newline
41544 \begin_inset Flex URL
41547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41549 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
41557 \begin_layout Bibliography
41558 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41559 LatexCommand bibitem
41565 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41567 name "Documentation"
41568 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty"
41572 of the LaTeX-package
41580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41581 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
41587 \begin_inset Newline newline
41591 \begin_inset Flex URL
41594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41596 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty
41604 \begin_layout Bibliography
41605 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41606 LatexCommand bibitem
41612 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41615 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX"
41619 how to use LyX with XeTeX:
41620 \begin_inset Newline newline
41624 \begin_inset Flex URL
41627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41629 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX
41637 \begin_layout Bibliography
41638 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41639 LatexCommand bibitem
41645 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41648 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
41652 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
41653 \begin_inset Newline newline
41657 \begin_inset Flex URL
41660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41662 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
41670 \begin_layout Bibliography
41671 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41672 LatexCommand bibitem
41678 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41681 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
41685 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
41686 \begin_inset Newline newline
41690 \begin_inset Flex URL
41693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41695 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
41703 \begin_layout Bibliography
41704 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41705 LatexCommand bibitem
41711 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41714 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
41718 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
41719 \begin_inset Newline newline
41723 \begin_inset Flex URL
41726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41728 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
41736 \begin_layout Bibliography
41737 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41738 LatexCommand bibitem
41744 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41747 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
41751 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
41752 \begin_inset Newline newline
41756 \begin_inset Flex URL
41759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41761 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
41769 \begin_layout Bibliography
41770 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41771 LatexCommand bibitem
41777 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41780 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
41784 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
41785 \begin_inset Newline newline
41789 \begin_inset Flex URL
41792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41794 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
41802 \begin_layout Bibliography
41803 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41804 LatexCommand bibitem
41810 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41813 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
41817 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
41818 \begin_inset Newline newline
41822 \begin_inset Flex URL
41825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41827 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
41835 \begin_layout Bibliography
41836 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41837 LatexCommand bibitem
41843 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41846 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList"
41850 with a list of all available LyX-functions:
41851 \begin_inset Newline newline
41855 \begin_inset Flex URL
41858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41860 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList
41868 \begin_layout Standard
41869 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
41876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41903 \begin_inset Note Note
41906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41913 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
41914 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
41915 bibliography is the second one:
41923 \begin_layout Standard
41924 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
41925 LatexCommand bibtex
41926 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs.bib"
41927 options "biblio/alphadin"
41934 \begin_layout Standard
41935 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
41938 \begin_layout Standard
41941 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
41942 LatexCommand printnomenclature
41947 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
41948 LatexCommand printindex